Course Search - Degree Programs | School of the Art Institute of Chicago

Roger Reeves

Title	Catalog	Instructor	Schedule
Introduction to Designed Objects	1001 (001)	Cassandra Scanlon	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to the creative scope of the Designed Objects program, and the ideas, skills, and methods used in the process of designing objects. Students will learn about the design of objects by studying their form, function, assembly, materiality, use, value and significance (both subjective and objective). Emphasizing thinking through making; students students build their visual vocabulary and develop an understanding of the design process. The goal of this class is to help students imagine the possibilities of the object design field and identify their aptitude for becoming an object designer. The course will explore the intentionality of object design, exploring the works of a ranging from James Dyson to Ron Arad to Zaha Hadid. Readings and screenings will vary but typically include Mu-Ming Tsai's Design Thinking and Gary Hustwit's Objectified. Students should expect to produce a body of work consisting of several minor exploratory projects and two fully fleshed out finished Objects (mid-term and final). This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1291	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1231
Introduction to Architecture/Interior Architecture	1001 (001)	Laleh Motlagh	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Introduces the meaning and making of architecture and interior architecture through individual and group design projects. Students learn design processes by experimenting with materials and exploring architectural and interior architecture representation, and measure the implications of their work on broader cultural contexts. Students work on design projects using the latest software and digital tools, and develop techniques for integrating analog and digital design and fabrication processes. Students research historic precedents and contemporary culture and design to inform their work. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1023	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Location Sullivan Center 1256
FYS I: The Art of Life Writing	1001 (001)	Aaron Greenberg	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The art of life writing includes yet transcends the genres of (auto)biography, memoir, confession, diaries, journals, and social media posts. It is a way of life, a creative practice, a performative invitation of past, present, and future selves. As an essential skill of self-representation beyond the classroom, life writing is ideal for exploring the roles of memory, time, authority, and experience in creating individual and collective identities. This seminar will engage key figures across the span of life writing, including Frederick Douglass, who, regarding biographical details such as his age and parents, writes, ¿I know nothing; the means of knowing was withheld from me.¿ As we experiment with innovative tools for writing life in the 21st century, including voice-based composition, we¿ll consider the styles and effects of life writing, including its power to discover as well as create knowledge. Other texts may include St. Teresa¿s Life, Mary Karr¿s The Art of Memoir, Tara Westover¿s Educated, and Ben Franklin¿s Autobiography. Authors including Sidonie Smith, Julia Watson, Leigh Gilmore, and Ben Yagoda will provide critical context for our discussions. Students will create 15-20 pages of formal, revisable, and publishable writing across three short essays and two in-depth revisions. FYS I guides students through college-level writing, establishing foundations for FYS II and upper level Liberal Arts classes.	Class Number 1356	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 919
Introduction to Visual Communication	1001 (001)	Eliza Rosen	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This research, discussion, and critique course develops a visual and verbal vocabulary by examining relationships between form and content, word and image. Study includes symbolic association and the problem of effective communication in a highly complex culture. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1002.	Class Number 1838	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1114
Reading Art	1001 (001)	Sophie Goalson	Mon 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Reading Art is a seminar that orients students to college studies and emphasizes students' advancement of college-level critical reading and thinking skills. Students learn how to read and analyze artworks using the formal vocabulary of art and design, as well as how to read about art in art history textbooks, scholarly journals, and other sources. Students improve their ability to process, retain, and apply information by using active learning strategies and graphic organizers, including a schematic note-taking system. In addition to weekly readings and exercises, students complete an in-depth synthesis project on an artwork of their choosing. Regular museum visits complement class work.	Class Number 1013	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
Ceramics: Wheel Throwing Fundamentals	1001 (001)	Emily Schroeder Willis	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will focus on developing beginning and continuing skills on the wheel. Students will be introduced to fundamental methods for using the wheel as a tool to create vessels with consideration of their meaning and consequence and stretch the boundaries of utility. In addition to the design and structure of functional objects, this course will familiarize students with the working properties of ceramic material, firing methods, and glazes. We will look at artists working both in traditional and non-traditional methods. Artists will vary, but some we will look at include: Edmund de Waal, Alleghany Meadows, Gerrit Grimm, Mike Helke, Steve Lee, and more. Readings will include articles covering topics about the convergence of fine art and craft, how objects affect our daily life and rituals, the place of craft within contemporary society. Specific authors may be : Chris Staley, Glenn Adamson, Jenni Sorkin, Okakura Kakuzo and Edmund de Waal Projects vary, but typically there are 5-6 assignments in the course with each assignment consisting of 3-20 pieces of finished work with additional research in glaze and firing processes. Students will also have readings and responsibilities with firing work.	Class Number 1184	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M153
Introduction to Photographic Image Making	1001 (001)	Cecil McDonald, Jr.	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This foundational course introduces students to photography as a tool for creative expression and critical inquiry. Through hands-on assignments, students develop technical skills in camera operation, composition, and digital printing while exploring photography¿s evolving nature and impact on perception. Readings, screenings, and discussions provide a critical framework for analyzing images¿both personal and cultural. Emphasizing both conceptual growth and practical application, the course encourages experimentation across genres and prepares students for advanced photographic study. Required for all subsequent photo courses.	Class Number 1586	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 106
Introduction to Visual Communication	1001 (002)	Eliza Rosen	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This research, discussion, and critique course develops a visual and verbal vocabulary by examining relationships between form and content, word and image. Study includes symbolic association and the problem of effective communication in a highly complex culture. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1002.	Class Number 1839	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1214
Introduction to Designed Objects	1001 (002)	Sara Prado	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to the creative scope of the Designed Objects program, and the ideas, skills, and methods used in the process of designing objects. Students will learn about the design of objects by studying their form, function, assembly, materiality, use, value and significance (both subjective and objective). Emphasizing thinking through making; students students build their visual vocabulary and develop an understanding of the design process. The goal of this class is to help students imagine the possibilities of the object design field and identify their aptitude for becoming an object designer. The course will explore the intentionality of object design, exploring the works of a ranging from James Dyson to Ron Arad to Zaha Hadid. Readings and screenings will vary but typically include Mu-Ming Tsai's Design Thinking and Gary Hustwit's Objectified. Students should expect to produce a body of work consisting of several minor exploratory projects and two fully fleshed out finished Objects (mid-term and final). This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1297	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1231
Introduction to Architecture/Interior Architecture	1001 (002)	Stephanie Surjan	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Introduces the meaning and making of architecture and interior architecture through individual and group design projects. Students learn design processes by experimenting with materials and exploring architectural and interior architecture representation, and measure the implications of their work on broader cultural contexts. Students work on design projects using the latest software and digital tools, and develop techniques for integrating analog and digital design and fabrication processes. Students research historic precedents and contemporary culture and design to inform their work. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1024	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Location Sullivan Center 1226
FYS I:Hyphenated Identities	1001 (002)	Maryjane Lao Villamor	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description FYS I breaks down the critical writing process to provide a guided experience in college-level writing, thereby forming the necessary foundations for FYS II and upper level Liberal Arts classes. The class will explore whether the concept of a hyphenated identity (a dual identity divided by ethnicity, race and culture) stands for otherness, opposition, inclusion, or all of the above. Essays by hyphenated writers, such as Ronald Takaki, Judith Ortiz Cofer, Amy Tan, and Audre Lorde, will act as points of departure as well as models of writing for our exploration of the myth of the United States as a cultural melting pot and whether we can reclaim the hyphenated identity as a source of pride and empowerment in today¿s political climate. Students build writing skills through 15-20 pages of formal, revisable writing (i.e. three multi-draft essays) in addition to homework exercises and in-class writings. Through thoughtfully crafted writing, can we begin to give voice to ethnic populations and create an open dialogue about race, displacement, migration, post-colonialism, post-imperialism, and representation?	Class Number 1334	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 112
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (002)	Mikolaj Czerwiński	Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 1041	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Reading Art	1001 (002)	Sophie Goalson	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description Reading Art is a seminar that orients students to college studies and emphasizes students' advancement of college-level critical reading and thinking skills. Students learn how to read and analyze artworks using the formal vocabulary of art and design, as well as how to read about art in art history textbooks, scholarly journals, and other sources. Students improve their ability to process, retain, and apply information by using active learning strategies and graphic organizers, including a schematic note-taking system. In addition to weekly readings and exercises, students complete an in-depth synthesis project on an artwork of their choosing. Regular museum visits complement class work.	Class Number 1009	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Sharp 409
Introduction to Photographic Image Making	1001 (002)	Catherine Gass	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This foundational course introduces students to photography as a tool for creative expression and critical inquiry. Through hands-on assignments, students develop technical skills in camera operation, composition, and digital printing while exploring photography¿s evolving nature and impact on perception. Readings, screenings, and discussions provide a critical framework for analyzing images¿both personal and cultural. Emphasizing both conceptual growth and practical application, the course encourages experimentation across genres and prepares students for advanced photographic study. Required for all subsequent photo courses.	Class Number 1569	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 106
Introduction to Photographic Image Making	1001 (003)	Sonja Ruth Thomsen	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This foundational course introduces students to photography as a tool for creative expression and critical inquiry. Through hands-on assignments, students develop technical skills in camera operation, composition, and digital printing while exploring photography¿s evolving nature and impact on perception. Readings, screenings, and discussions provide a critical framework for analyzing images¿both personal and cultural. Emphasizing both conceptual growth and practical application, the course encourages experimentation across genres and prepares students for advanced photographic study. Required for all subsequent photo courses.	Class Number 1570	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 106
Introduction to Visual Communication	1001 (003)	Martha Chiplis	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This research, discussion, and critique course develops a visual and verbal vocabulary by examining relationships between form and content, word and image. Study includes symbolic association and the problem of effective communication in a highly complex culture. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1002.	Class Number 1840	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1114
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (003)	Mikolaj Czerwiński	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 1042	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Reading Art	1001 (003)	Aiko Kojima Hibino	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description Reading Art is a seminar that orients students to college studies and emphasizes students' advancement of college-level critical reading and thinking skills. Students learn how to read and analyze artworks using the formal vocabulary of art and design, as well as how to read about art in art history textbooks, scholarly journals, and other sources. Students improve their ability to process, retain, and apply information by using active learning strategies and graphic organizers, including a schematic note-taking system. In addition to weekly readings and exercises, students complete an in-depth synthesis project on an artwork of their choosing. Regular museum visits complement class work.	Class Number 1014	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 203
Introduction to Photographic Image Making	1001 (004)	Lali Khalid	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This foundational course introduces students to photography as a tool for creative expression and critical inquiry. Through hands-on assignments, students develop technical skills in camera operation, composition, and digital printing while exploring photography¿s evolving nature and impact on perception. Readings, screenings, and discussions provide a critical framework for analyzing images¿both personal and cultural. Emphasizing both conceptual growth and practical application, the course encourages experimentation across genres and prepares students for advanced photographic study. Required for all subsequent photo courses.	Class Number 1571	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 106
Introduction to Architecture/Interior Architecture	1001 (004)	Georgina Bowman	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Introduces the meaning and making of architecture and interior architecture through individual and group design projects. Students learn design processes by experimenting with materials and exploring architectural and interior architecture representation, and measure the implications of their work on broader cultural contexts. Students work on design projects using the latest software and digital tools, and develop techniques for integrating analog and digital design and fabrication processes. Students research historic precedents and contemporary culture and design to inform their work. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1032	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Location Sullivan Center 1255
Introduction to Visual Communication	1001 (004)	Riesling Dong	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This research, discussion, and critique course develops a visual and verbal vocabulary by examining relationships between form and content, word and image. Study includes symbolic association and the problem of effective communication in a highly complex culture. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1002.	Class Number 1841	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1114
FYS I: Contemporary World Issues	1001 (004)	Robert Kiely	Wed 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description The First Year Seminar Program at SAIC gives students the opportunity to develop their analytical writing skills while studying compelling subject matter. Consequently, this course plays two roles. First and foremost, it serves as a writing studio, a forum in which students develop their capacity to construct effective written arguments. The course also explores contemporary world events in detail; the analysis of this material provides the grist for student writing in the course. Modern technology allows for the nearly instantaneous distribution of news and images around the world. As a result, people in the twenty-first century are bombarded with information about contemporary events. However, much of this information has a superficial character: a dizzying array of media, ever concerned with viewership, stresses drama and controversy over context and complexity. Further, the treatment of events often reflects the agenda of the medium providing that treatment. In this course, we will look at global issues in depth, with particular attention to historical context. We will also seek multiple perspectives as we wrestle with the intricacies of diplomacy and war; commerce and culture. Specific topics of study will proceed from what is happening in the world, and students will be required to explore a variety of different news sources as the basis for their writing. Written assignments will include 15-20 pages of formal work, including weekly journal entries and three short papers.	Class Number 1335	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 205
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (004)	Artie Foster	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 1043	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 1608
Reading Art	1001 (004)	Jennie Berner	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Reading Art is a seminar that orients students to college studies and emphasizes students' advancement of college-level critical reading and thinking skills. Students learn how to read and analyze artworks using the formal vocabulary of art and design, as well as how to read about art in art history textbooks, scholarly journals, and other sources. Students improve their ability to process, retain, and apply information by using active learning strategies and graphic organizers, including a schematic note-taking system. In addition to weekly readings and exercises, students complete an in-depth synthesis project on an artwork of their choosing. Regular museum visits complement class work.	Class Number 1010	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Sharp 706
Introduction to Photographic Image Making	1001 (005)	Lali Khalid	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This foundational course introduces students to photography as a tool for creative expression and critical inquiry. Through hands-on assignments, students develop technical skills in camera operation, composition, and digital printing while exploring photography¿s evolving nature and impact on perception. Readings, screenings, and discussions provide a critical framework for analyzing images¿both personal and cultural. Emphasizing both conceptual growth and practical application, the course encourages experimentation across genres and prepares students for advanced photographic study. Required for all subsequent photo courses.	Class Number 1572	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 106
Introduction to Visual Communication	1001 (005)	John Bowers	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM All Online
Description This research, discussion, and critique course develops a visual and verbal vocabulary by examining relationships between form and content, word and image. Study includes symbolic association and the problem of effective communication in a highly complex culture. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1002.	Class Number 1867	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Online
FYS I: Writing About Music	1001 (005)	Emily C. Hoyler	Thurs 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description Music is sometimes called the universal language, yet writers often seek to describe it in words. Music scholars, music critics, music fans, and musicians use words to describe music and to make claims about its merits. This course will explore various styles, techniques, and vocabularies for writing about musical sound and performance. The focus will be on reviews of live concerts, album releases, and film music. Students will develop critical thinking skills by evaluating the effectiveness of an author¿s argument. Students will practice making claims and presenting arguments that are successfully supported by writing style, sources, evidence, structure, and logic. Students will read various articles, essays, and chapters about music by historical and contemporary music scholars, critics, and journalists. Topics vary but may include film music, art music and modernism, music technology, and the recording industry, with a focus on music in the 20th and 21st centuries in the United States. In addition to in-class writing assignments, students will write an original research paper, broken down into several assignments/ drafts. Students should expect to write 15-20 double-spaced pages over the course of the term, including revisions based on instructor and peer feedback.	Class Number 1376	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 206
Reading Art	1001 (005)	Jennie Berner	Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description Reading Art is a seminar that orients students to college studies and emphasizes students' advancement of college-level critical reading and thinking skills. Students learn how to read and analyze artworks using the formal vocabulary of art and design, as well as how to read about art in art history textbooks, scholarly journals, and other sources. Students improve their ability to process, retain, and apply information by using active learning strategies and graphic organizers, including a schematic note-taking system. In addition to weekly readings and exercises, students complete an in-depth synthesis project on an artwork of their choosing. Regular museum visits complement class work.	Class Number 2507	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 818
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (005)	Joana Konova	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 1044	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Introduction to Photographic Image Making	1001 (006)	James Baroz	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This foundational course introduces students to photography as a tool for creative expression and critical inquiry. Through hands-on assignments, students develop technical skills in camera operation, composition, and digital printing while exploring photography¿s evolving nature and impact on perception. Readings, screenings, and discussions provide a critical framework for analyzing images¿both personal and cultural. Emphasizing both conceptual growth and practical application, the course encourages experimentation across genres and prepares students for advanced photographic study. Required for all subsequent photo courses.	Class Number 1573	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 106
Introduction to Visual Communication	1001 (006)	John Bowers	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This research, discussion, and critique course develops a visual and verbal vocabulary by examining relationships between form and content, word and image. Study includes symbolic association and the problem of effective communication in a highly complex culture. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1002.	Class Number 1874	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1114
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (006)	Arianna Ray	Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 1107	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Introduction to Photographic Image Making	1001 (007)	Lali Khalid	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This foundational course introduces students to photography as a tool for creative expression and critical inquiry. Through hands-on assignments, students develop technical skills in camera operation, composition, and digital printing while exploring photography¿s evolving nature and impact on perception. Readings, screenings, and discussions provide a critical framework for analyzing images¿both personal and cultural. Emphasizing both conceptual growth and practical application, the course encourages experimentation across genres and prepares students for advanced photographic study. Required for all subsequent photo courses.	Class Number 1589	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 106
Introduction to Visual Communication	1001 (007)	John Bowers	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This research, discussion, and critique course develops a visual and verbal vocabulary by examining relationships between form and content, word and image. Study includes symbolic association and the problem of effective communication in a highly complex culture. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1002.	Class Number 1876	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1114
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (007)	Rhoda Rosen	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 1060	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Introduction to Photographic Image Making	1001 (008)	Nathan Miller	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This foundational course introduces students to photography as a tool for creative expression and critical inquiry. Through hands-on assignments, students develop technical skills in camera operation, composition, and digital printing while exploring photography¿s evolving nature and impact on perception. Readings, screenings, and discussions provide a critical framework for analyzing images¿both personal and cultural. Emphasizing both conceptual growth and practical application, the course encourages experimentation across genres and prepares students for advanced photographic study. Required for all subsequent photo courses.	Class Number 1591	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 207
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (008)	Rhoda Rosen	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 1102	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
FYS I: Law as Story	1001 (009)	Frank Bonacci	Mon 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description As citizens, our only contact with the legal system usually occurs when we have gone awry of the law. We see the legal system from the outside, and it¿s not pretty. We also know that the law protects our rights¿despite this knowledge, the legal system has a reputation of working for the rich while stepping on ¿the little guy.¿ And lawyers? Everybody hates lawyers. But at its heart, the law is two parties telling a story and submitting those stories to a third party who judges which one best fits the law. This course will begin with discussions and writing exercises based on stories and storytelling. Each week after that, we will read and discuss cases or stories related to the law and write about these stories, their role as ¿story,¿ and how they fit into the general standards and notions of what a story is. Papers will focus on the story¿s relation to the law, and the structural and rhetorical elements used in the stories, storytelling and academic discourse as a whole. They will also focus on effective ways to present opinions. Through the legal elements of the course, students will learn critical thinking skills by evaluating the case, the story, and the relationship between the two. They will discern how the case was put together, which elements of argument were used, and why. Students will read cases that are vital to U.S. history, are entertaining, or both. These will include Marbury v. Madison, Palsgraf, and others. Among other readings will be works by Jonathan Shapiro and Franz Kafka. In addition to in-class writing, students will write 15-20 pages of formal writing over the course of the term, using a process approach, including instructor and student feedback.	Class Number 1339	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 112
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (009)	Rhoda Rosen	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 1103	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 1608
FYS I: Contemporary Shorts	1001 (010)	James Sieck	Mon 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description In this first-year seminar course, we will explore a variety of contemporary short films, stories, and poetry to help us hone our ability to make meaning with complex works of art and to engage in critical, interpretive analysis of how and why each work was constructed. Using short films, short stories, and poems as our core texts gives us the unique opportunity to engage with a wide range of both storytellers and stories told. Meaning, expect to interact with a diverse landscape of authorial voice, thematic content, and narrative technique. All three of these forms are able to convey complex truths about the world we live in, and our discussions and classroom practices will give us the tools to create focused, nuanced interpretations of each piece and to make critical connections between themes and techniques. By the end of this course, students will have a more sophisticated grasp of the mechanics of film, narrative, and poetry. This is an inquiry and discussion based course, and we will learn to situate questions as the basis of our practice as readers, writers, and thinkers. In addition, FYSI guides students through college-level writing, establishing foundations for FYS II and upper level Liberal Arts classes. Students will write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing. Our writing workshops will focus on generating questions and language, collecting meaningful evidence, constructing sophisticated thesis statements, creating helpful outlines, and drafting our essays. Peer feedback; 1-1 teacher feedback; and in-class writing workshops will be key components of this course.	Class Number 1357	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
World Cultures and Civilizations: Prehistory to the Nineteenth Century	1001 (010)	Hannah Gadbois	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to art and design. Specific content varies by instructor and covers diverse ways of seeing and understanding the visual world. The course articulates connections between selected art of the past and contemporary practices. Students will gain first-hand knowledge from visits to and exercises in the Art Institute of Chicago and other collections. Ultimately, the course teaches skills that enable students to understand their own practices better, orient themselves in relation to theories of art and design, and navigate our present moment where visual literacy is increasingly crucial. This course introduces students to key aspects of the history and theory of art and design. Students will become familiar with selected art of the past and how it has been connected to contemporary practices.	Class Number 2497	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
FYS I: Sound, Noise, Power	1001 (011)	Joshua Rios	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class examines cultural and political power in relation to ideas about sound and noise. What we hear, mis-hear, do not hear, cannot hear, or choose not to hear plays an important role in social life. Those that have power have the power to decide what counts as an acceptable sound or disturbing noise. These facts make sound and noise central to issues of social justice, political activism, and public space. Sound and noise are also vital to the creation of communities of celebration and dissent ¿ in the form of the noise strike, the protest chant, or the collective sing-along, for example. Social groups produce themselves through their listening practices and shared forms of sounding out. We will read and listen closely to scholars, artists, experimental musicians, and journalist like Jennifer Stoever (The Sonic Color Line), Kevin Beasley (A view of a landscape: A cotton gin motor), Gala Porras-Kim (Whistling and Language Transfiguration), Moor Mother (Irreversible Entanglements) and Gregory Tate (Flyboy in the Buttermilk). Additionally, we will learn from a variety of types of sources including Literature, Musicology, Art, Cultural Criticism, Music Journalism, and Poetry. Along with experimental writing assignments linking related topics, key terms, and ideas to personal and social experiences, students will produce 15-20 pages of organized writing broken into drafts and revisions.	Class Number 1340	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 818
FYS I: Pop Music and Power	1001 (012)	Claire Lobenfeld	Tues 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description What can pop music uncover about power? In this writing-intensive course, we'll look at pop music through the lenses of artistry, politics, and history while developing college-level writing skills that build a foundation for FYS II and upper-level Liberal Arts courses. Artists up for discussion include Lizzo, Britney Spears, Jojo Siwa, Chappell Roan, SOPHIE, and, of course, Beyoncé and Taylor Swift. We'll read authors like Danyel Smith, Sasha Geffen, Julianne Escobedo Shepherd, Hanif Abdurraqib, and Rawiya Kamier and hear from the artists themselves through music, interviews, performances, and documentaries. Class time will be spent writing, revising, and developing skills in critical analysis and making a claim in service of 15-20 pages of multi-draft, formal writing. Throughout the semester, peer-reviewing and one-on-one instructor conferences support the process.	Class Number 1385	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 301
FYS I: Russian Short Stories	1001 (013)	Irina Ruvinsky	Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description Russia as a young literary nation did not come of age until the period during which the novel dominated the literary scene. While it was the novel that made Russian literature legendary around the world, many Russian masters including Tolstoy, Chekhov, Turgenev and Bulgakov devoted themselves to the cultivation of the short story. The short story as a genre assumed a role in Russian literature that rivaled and perhaps even surpassed that of the novel. In this course we will explore the many cultural and social forces that led to the rise of the Russian short story as a style unique to Russian literature and its themes. FYS I is an intensive writing course that will include an in-depth introduction to critical thinking and persuasive writing strategies. Students can expect to submit three writing assignments that will range between 5-6 pages each that will be based on analytical and persuasive approaches to academic writing.	Class Number 1378	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
FYS I: Curiosities	1001 (014)	Joanna Anos	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description To have curiosity is to be inquisitive, to wonder and to want to know. To be a curiosity, on the other hand, is to be a novelty or rarity, something odd or unusual or strange. In this writing intensive course, students explore curiosities, practice wonder, and pursue questioning. Readings include verbal and visual texts: essays and articles, photographs and artifacts. Students write and revise several essays of modest length, including analyses of visual texts and their own ¿curated collection¿ of curiosities.	Class Number 1341	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Sharp 409
FYS I: Edward Yang	1001 (015)	Annette Elliot-Hogg	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Taiwanese director Edward Yang is a poet of film. His intimate epics exhibit a mastery of form characterized by meditative narrative rhythms, long takes, medium shots over close-ups, and a detached, static camera. In this class, we will formally analyze three films¿Taipei Story (1985), A Brighter Summer Day (1991) and Yi Yi (2000) to understand how cinematic techniques work together to create meaning in a film. We will also examine the films within the broader context of the Taiwanese New Wave. First Year Seminar I is an intensive writing course. In class, we will engage deeply with course materials in productive discussions that will foster critical thinking and inform student writing. In addition to weekly homework assignments and in-class writing, students can expect to compose and revise 15-20 pages of formal writing through a process approach to hone their argumentative skills and build their confidence in expressing their ideas clearly and effectively.	Class Number 1379	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 818
FYS I:The American Short Story	1001 (016)	Alexander W Jochaniewicz	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class will examine the American short story and survey its origins and development over the past two hundred years. Our study of the American short story will begin with formal elements of fiction, including how writers use and innovate within traditional storytelling practices, and then we will widen our scope and consider historical and cultural contexts. This literature is challenging and controversial--and studying it will help refine our own thoughts and modes of expression, too. The reading list includes (among others) Nathaniel Hawthorne, Kate Chopin, Sarah Perkins Gilman, William Faulkner, Ernest Hemingway, James Baldwin, Alice Walker, Raymond Carver, Juhumpa Lahiri, Amy Tan, Sherman Alexie, and Z.Z. Packer. Individual interpretations will be emphasized, and a slow-and-close reading of both the literature and our own writing will be practiced. This class will also engage in the process of writing, including prewriting (inquiry and brainstorming), drafting, peer review, and revising. Written assignments will include personal reflection, analysis, and synthesis. FYS I develops college-level writing skills, prepares one for FYS II and upper level Liberal Arts courses, and allows one to improve expressing their ideas in writing.	Class Number 1342	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1427
FYS I: Surrealism and its Afterlives	1001 (017)	Stephen Williams	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description Surrealism is among the preeminent modes of twentieth century art. It is the product of a specific moment in history, and yet it has proved remarkably adaptable through time and across cultures, languages, media, and genres. This FYS I course introduces students to college-level writing, reading, and critical thinking skills using Surrealism and its legacy as a focal point, and prepares them for FYS II and upper level Liberal Arts courses. We will consider critical and creative writing, as well as some visual art, by figures such as André Breton, Phillippe Soupault, Leonora Carrington, Alice Rahon, Aimé Cesaire, Octavio Paz, Barbara Guest, Alejandra Pizarnik, and Bei Dao. Some topics we might investigate include Surrealism's relationship to the art that came before it; its conceptions of daily life, and individual and collective personhood; its engagement with contemporaneous developments in science and technology; and its relationship to issues of race, class, gender, and to historical events. Students should expect to compose (plan, draft, critique, and revise) 15-20 double-spaced pages of formal writing, in addition to regular in-class and out-of-class writing assignments.	Class Number 1358	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 818
FYS I: Art and Ideas	1001 (018)	Robert Kiely	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description The First Year Seminar program at SAIC gives students the opportunity to develop their analytical writing skills while studying compelling subject matter. Consequently, this course plays two roles. First and foremost, it serves as a writing studio, a forum in which students can develop their prose style and their ability to construct effective written arguments. The course also explores the relationship between artistic expression and the ideologies that characterize a given culture. Artists live in a specific cultural context. Their works reflect the influence of the dominant ideas of that culture, and often serve as a conscious commentary on those ideas. In this course, we will examine the impact of ideology upon art in a variety of world cultures, with an emphasis on cultural comparison.	Class Number 1359	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
FYS I: Feelings	1001 (019)	Suzanne Scanlon	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This FYS I class explores the art of writing about feelings. Readings will include work by Jenny Odell, Jenny Zhang, Zadie Smith, and others. FYS I develops college-level writing skills and prepares one for FYS II and upper-level Liberal Arts courses. In our FYS I class, we will develop our critical reading, writing, and thinking skills by focusing on writing as a process. Students can expect to compose and revise 15-20 pages in multidraft formal writing assignments in addition to homework and in-class writing. Peer review and one-on-one writing conferences with the teacher should also be expected.	Class Number 1360	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 203
Adv Hist World Art:Prehst-1850	1001 (01S)	James Elkins	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is an advanced section of the survey of world art and culture, prehistory to 1850. It is intended for BAAH students, Scholars Program students, and students interested in the history of writing about art (and teaching the survey). We will begin at 500,000 BC, and cover approximately 50 cultures; the list is at ow.ly/Y902K. In each case we will also question the ways historians describe the culture; we will study the ways art history textbooks promote certain senses of art and national identity; and we will consider how other institutions have tried to teach the global survey. The class is difficult, and requires a lot of memorization. Concurrent Registration in one ARTHI 1101: Discussion Section for Advanced Survey of World Art Prehistory to 1850 is required.	Class Number 1040	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 1608
FYS I: Narrative Voice	1001 (020)	Andrew Lindsay	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description FYS I develops college-level writing skills and prepares one for FYS II and upper-level Liberal Arts courses. In our FYS I class, we will develop our critical reading, writing, and thinking skills as we trace the development of the modern short story with a particular focus on narration. Many critical innovations in the modern short story emerge from fundamental questions: Who is telling the story? Why are they telling it? When are they telling it? This course involves close reading of short stories that foreground these questions, helping students uncover the meaning and significance of key Modern and Postmodern literary innovations. In-class discussions and workshops will support the craft of academic writing. Through repeated short writing exercises, students will internalize the structure of effective argumentation. We will also practice the art of thesis-writing - translating general observations about the short story into risk-taking, compelling arguments.	Class Number 1343	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 919
FYS I: The Material of Poetry	1001 (022)	Claire Lobenfeld	Mon 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description FYS I prepares students for advanced study in the Liberal Arts by attending to the foundational skills of college-level writing and interpretation, such as close reading, critical analysis, academic argumentation, essay structure, and style. This first-year seminar focuses our attention on poetry. While it's common for students to find poems baffling or even alienating, we will practice the kinds of reading skills and receptive states of mind that open poetry up to understanding and enjoyment. By reading, discussing, and writing about a small number of short poems every week (drawn from a variety of poets, periods, and places) we will see how reading poetry well does not require elite or occult knowledge but patience, interest, attention, and curiosity. Students will practice reading slowly and closely and writing about poetry in a way that reproduces that slowness and closeness in their own prose. Students should expect to write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing.	Class Number 1361	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
FYS I: Art and Greek Mythology	1001 (023)	Kerry Balden	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Greek mythology has been and remains a favored source for artists of all description for the originality, communicability, and profundity of its archetypes. In this course, we'll read primary texts of Greek mythology in their connection to various works of art - film, sculpture, painting, and more. Drawing from textual and visual media, our writing assignments will interpret and play with the meanings of these myths and their artistic representations. Each meeting, students can expect to complete a short reading and writing assignment, with class time being dedicated to workshopping and peer revisions. We'll practice some core concepts of writing, such as argument, introductions, synthesis of sources, and discourse structure. In the analysis of each other's writing, we'll get to develop these concepts in real time and collaboratively. Throughout the course, students will produce 20 pages of professional, revisable writing.	Class Number 1393	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
FYS I: Minds and Machines	1001 (024)	Guy Elgat	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description What are minds? What is it to have a mind, to have consciousness? How, if at all, are minds different from machines? In this course, by reading pieces by Shaffer, Carruthers, and Searle, we will become acquainted with these concepts and issues and learn how to think about them in a more informed and critical fashion. The course is writing intensive: students should expect to write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing (i.e. two essays and two in-depth revisions) in addition to homework exercises and in-class writing and discussion.	Class Number 1362	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1427
FYS I:Writing from Art	1001 (026)	Terri Griffith	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting, sculpture, film, music, literature. In this course students will use both their own and the creative works of others as the starting point for their papers. Through critical reading, visits to the museum, and process-oriented writing, students will learn the craft of essay writing. Texts include works by John Cage, Gertrude Stein, and Honoré de Balzac.	Class Number 1363	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1427
FYS I:Music and Society	1001 (027)	Emily C. Hoyler	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Music reflects and informs many aspects of society and culture. This course examines the writings of scholars and critics who have argued for various philosophies, functions, and styles of music. Each week, we will feature a topic related to music¿s role in society and explore issues of aesthetics, expression, and performance. Writing exercises will focus on a specific writing technique or strategy. Students will develop critical thinking skills by evaluating the effectiveness of an author¿s argument through rhetoric, logic, and evidence. Students will practice making claims and presenting arguments that are successfully supported by writing style, sources, structure, and reason. Students will read a selection of music scholars, critics, and writing specialists, including but not limited to Joseph Auner, Jane Bernstein, Susan Douglas, Hua Hsu, Mark Katz, Alex Ross, and Kate Turabian. Topics vary but may include opera, film music, modernism, music technology, protest music, text setting, and musical genre. In addition to in-class writing assignments, students will write an original research paper, broken down into several assignments/drafts. Students should expect to write 15-20 double-spaced pages over the course of the term, including revisions based on instructor and peer feedback.	Class Number 1364	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
FYS I:American Writers in Paris	1001 (028)	Anita Welbon	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description Attracted by the economic and creative freedom Paris offered, twentieth-century American writers found a place to become the writers they wanted to be and discovered a supportive community of intellectual and visual artists. We will read creative and autobiographical writings, view relevant films, and examine the historical and cultural connection between France and the United States that contributed to the development of American writers, including James Baldwin, Gwendolyn Bennett, Ernest Hemingway, Langston Hughes, and Gertrude Stein. In this course, students will develop their critical reading and writing skills and write three short papers and one longer paper based on research.	Class Number 1346	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 919
FYS I: Film Aesthetics & The Studio System	1001 (029)	Jacob A Hinkson	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description In this writing intensive course, we will develop the skills of argument-driven composition as we examine the aesthetic foundation of American cinema: the classic Hollywood studio system of the 1940s. What was the studio system? How was it formed, how did it function, and how did it shape the aesthetics of modern American cinema? We will look at the ways Golden Age studios developed individual identities and how they shaped their specific ¿house styles.¿ In doing this, we¿ll also track the codification of genres like the melodrama, the musical, and the film noir. Readings will include critical works by Raymond Borde and Étienne Cahumeton, Jeanine Basinger, and Ethan Mordden. These materials will inform multiple argument-driven essays which students will draft and revise over the course of the semester. In composing these essays, students will study thesis formation, rhetorical modes, and ways to incorporate outside sources into researched-based arguments. Students should expect to write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing in addition to homework exercises and in-class writing. By providing guided experience in college-level writing, this course forms the necessary foundation for FYS II and upper level Liberal Arts classes.	Class Number 1366	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
FYS I: Good Grief	1001 (030)	Jessica Anne Chiang	Thurs 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description What does it mean to grieve? To perform sadness & loss? Who is the audience? Where is the stage? This first year seminar focuses on writing as self care, writing to breakthrough, and writing to/for our own collective trauma. We will read & consider a range of art & writing from Alison Bechdel, to Rachel Cusk, Sally Mann & Virginia Woolf. We will also welcome, (but not require) stories of our own losses and unimaginable pain, in turn examining, through deep concentration and discussion; something permanent and good. Students will complete 15-20 pages of writing (2 essays followed by a substantial revision) in addition to in-class writing, presentations, and peer workshopping.	Class Number 1347	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
FYS I: Frankenstein and Media	1001 (031)	Michael R. Paradiso-Michau	Thurs 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description FYS 1 provides guided experience in college-level writing, thereby forming the necessary foundation for FYS II and upper level Liberal Arts classes. This section of FYS 1 will take a deep dive into the minds of both Mary Shelley, author of Frankenstein (1818) and Victor Frankenstein, the infamous scientist who reanimated body parts into his infamous Monster. We will read, write, think, watch, discuss, and critically reflect on one novel and its continuing legacies into the twenty-first century. Readings and screenings will include the Frankenstein novel by Mary Shelley, secondary scholarship on her novel, films that adapt and rework Frankensteinian themes, and one graphic novel updating of the classic myth. Students should expect to write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing (i.e. two essays and one in-depth revision) in addition to homework exercises, two presentations, and in-class writing.	Class Number 1386	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 112
FYS I: Freedom and Authenticity	1001 (032)	Guy Elgat	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This class serves as an introduction to the basic concepts of existentialism through a study of a couple of foundational texts by one of its principal philosophical proponents: Jean-Paul Sartre. The class will focus on existentialism¿s response to a newly emerging awareness of the contingency of moral values. With respect to this problem, we will explore central existentialist concepts such as freedom, and authenticity. The course is writing intensive: students should expect to write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing (i.e. two essays and two in-depth revisions) in addition to homework exercises and in-class writing and discussion.	Class Number 1348	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
FYS I:The Rocky Childhood	1001 (033)	Eileen Favorite	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description In this writing-intensive course, we'll read coming-of-age novels and memoirs from influential contemporary writers. Students will engage in close readings of texts that interrogate concepts of resilience, racism, and economic and class oppression as childhood struggles. Writers will include Jeannette Walls, Allison Bechdel, and Kiese Laymon. CONTENT WARNING: The content and discussion in this course will necessarily sometimes engage with issues of human suffering, including physical and sexual abuse. Students will write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing. In-class activities include peer review, workshopping, and free writing to generate paper topics, including a formal, argument-driven paper.	Class Number 1367	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 919
FYS I: Contemporary Poetry	1001 (034)	Alexander W Jochaniewicz	Thurs 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description In this writing course, students will read and write about different forms and movements of contemporary poetry, ranging from 1951 to the present, including sonnets, prose poems, Black Arts Movement, confessional poetry, and free verse. Not only will students be introduced to a wide range of poets¿like Gwnedolyn Brooks, Cathy Song, Li-Young Lee, Garret Hongo, Jericho Brown, Ada Limon, Layli Long Soldier, Franny Choi, and Billy Collins¿but students will also add to the curriculum by presenting poets of their own choosing. Individual interpretations will be practiced through a slow-and-close reading, and written assignments will include a sequence of shorter papers and end with a longer project where students will compose and share their own anthology¿all of which will add up to at least fifteen pages of revised writing. The process of writing will be practiced throughout this course, from brainstorming, to drafting, to peer review and revising. FYS I develops college-level writing skills, prepares one for FYS II and upper level Liberal Arts courses, and allows one to improve expressing their ideas in writing.	Class Number 1349	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 617
FYS I: Mystic, Poet, Sorceress, Nun	1001 (035)	Sherry Antonini	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will focus on texts by ancient and medieval women dating from the earliest years of recorded writings and spanning time up to the Renaissance. Who were the women writing during those mysterious periods? To whom were they speaking and what did they dare to say? For some of them, relatively few of their works have survived for us to read, so our investigation will include consideration of a combination of factors that are relevant to each such as historical perspectives, specific life circumstances, and, of course, the content of their writing. Writers we will study will include Sappho, Sei Shonagon, Hildegard of Bingen, Christine de Pizan, and Akka Mahadevi, among others. As a First Year Seminar I course, the essay writing focus of this class will be to develop and build skills in writing response and analytical essays related to assigned readings, research, and class discussion. The final project will be a research-based presentation, with a creative component.	Class Number 1368	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
FYS I: Anthropology of Time	1001 (036)	Matilda Stubbs	Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This writing intensive seminar introduces the anthropological study of time and ethnographic writing about time. From Doctor Who and the Tardis, to keeping or losing track of time like Alice in Wonderland down the rabbit hole, notions of temporality vary across time zones, culture, and space. Using ethnographic writing, this course examines time as a social and historical phenomenon. From agricultural rhythms of rural life in Africa and the Pacific Islands, to astrological and archaeological accounts of time from Celtic and Greek mythology, students will explore the social lives of calendars new and old. This includes other timekeeping tools like clocks and chronological standards in modes of transportation for buses, trains, and planes, including communication and recordkeeping systems like banks, phone records, and emails. Specific emphasis will attend to the objective and subjective understandings of time and the various temporal forms of daily life, drawing from contributions of ethnographic research and social science writing to the study of time from a cross-cultural perspective. Course activities center around developing analytic skills in the genre of ethnographic writing through in-class free writing, generating observational field notes and journaling, two formal and revisable essays, and peer review.	Class Number 1369	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
FYS I: The Sea	1001 (037)	Kate Lechler	Fri 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description The oldest art depicting boats was created 40,000 years ago. For just as long, the sea¿barrier, connector, nurturer, destroyer¿has fascinated artists and authors. Its sound calms us; its mystery thrills us; its strength terrifies us. This course will focus on texts that span a variety of nations, languages, time periods, genres, and mediums, all of which explore the collective human experience of the sea. What voices does the ocean use to speak to us, and what does it say? In response to these questions, we¿ll read texts by Herman Melville, Rivers Solomon, and Homer; examine ancient myth and Lovecraftian mythos; view illustration and animation by Trungles and Hayao Miyazaki; and listen to sea shanties, Debussy, and clipping. As a First Year Seminar I course, the essay writing focus of this class will be to develop and build skills in writing response and analytical essays related to assigned readings, research, and class discussion. Students in FYS I should expect to write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing in addition to homework exercises and in-class writing. This writing will take the form of two essays with multiple drafts based on instructor and peer workshop feedback.	Class Number 1387	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 111
FYS I:Death and Life	1001 (038)	Herman Stark	Wed 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description This course emphasizes, in keeping with First Year Seminar I courses in general, student writing and rewriting. Students will achieve both content and form for their writing by a close reading of texts and critical thinking about them, and then by considered review of feedback from the other seminar members. As is normal in seminars, student presentations occupy a significant amount of class time. In particular, this course confronts death, along with related phenomena such as aging, dying, grieving, and bereavement, in both interdisciplinary and intercultural manners. The direction of study will move from death as a biomedical event thru religious, spiritual, and existential events, and conclude with postmodern possibilities such as cryonics and mind-uploading. A key concern is whether, and to what extent, one?s attitude and approach to death informs one?s attitude and approach to life. The course utilizes various classical and contemporary texts to help expand and enrich our understanding, and each week students will provide thoughtful and polished reports on the assigned readings from them. By the end of the semester students will have written 15-20 pages of formal, revised writing in the form of weekly seminar reports, a midterm paper, and a final paper.	Class Number 1338	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
FYS I: Adolescence and Magic	1001 (039)	Christine M Malcom	Wed 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description Adolescents feature prominently as saviors and remakes of the world in culture stories and myths from around the globe, as well as in contemporary young adult fantasy. Anthropologically, adolescents are potentially powerful agents of change because they are imperfectly socialized and not yet tied to conservative adult roles and norms. In this course students will develop their skills in writing at the college level as well as critical reading and analysis of Young Adult Fantasy novels and scholarly works on the genre and the phenomenon of adolescence. Students will read three novels in totals by authors such as Terry Pratchett, Diana Wynne Jones, Nnedi Okorafor, and Garth Nix. They will also read a small number of scholarly work by anthropologists and scholars in the genre of Young Adult Literature as a point of deeper entry into a body of literature that is often dismissed as simplistic, and a phase of the life cycle that is underscrutinized. Through scaffolding of short writing assignments, including peer review, students will produce three essays, resulting in approximately 15?20 pages, total, of formal, revisable writing.	Class Number 1365	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 111
FYS I: Class Matters	1001 (03S)	Maryjane Lao Villamor	Mon 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Through thoughtfully crafted writing, can we begin to identify and address how problems of class, race, and gender are intertwined in ways that maintain oppression and inequality? This course attempts to do so by breaking down the critical writing process and providing a guided experience in college-level writing, thereby forming the necessary foundations for FYS II and upper-level Liberal Arts classes. Student writing will explore the American class-based system and its connections to race and gender. Course materials include essays by bell hooks, Donna Langston, and Audre Lorde, as well as screenings, such as interviews with Isabel Wilkerson discussing her book Caste. These course materials will act as points of departure as well as models of writing for our critical examination of class in American society and its role in maintaining systems of oppression and inequality. Critical writing skills are developed through 15-20 pages of formal, revisable writing (i.e. two multi-draft essays and one in-depth revision project) in addition to homework exercises and in-class writings.	Class Number 1375	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 205
FYS I: Asian American Poetry	1001 (040)	Suman Chhabra	Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description In our class we will read recently released poetry by Asian American authors. The poems and poetry collections are written by individuals who are amongst the multitude of identities known as Asian American. Readings often include works by Jenny Xie, Ocean Vuong, and Rajiv Mohabir. In our FYS I class, we will develop our critical reading, writing, and thinking skills. This is a studio writing class in which we will focus on writing as a process. We will freewrite, formulate conceptual questions for the readings, write responses, and compose and revise 15-20 pages in multidraft essays. Students will direct the topic of the final essay based on their individual inquiry. FYS I develops college-level writing skills, prepares one for FYS II and upper-level Liberal Arts courses, and allows one to improve expressing their ideas in writing.	Class Number 1388	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 203
FYS I:Irish Literature	1001 (041)	Eileen Favorite	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course first explores the myths and folktales of pre-Christian Ireland. We read about dolmen and druids, Maeve, Queen of Connacht, Finn MacCool, Deirdre, and Cuichulain. How do battle-hungry, sexually-charged Celts compare to characters in James Joyce's Dubliners' Historical texts (including How the Irish Saved Civilization by Thomas Cahill) examine how the status of women changed after the arrival of Roman (vs. Celtic) Catholicism, the Book of Kells, and the long-term effects of the Great Famine on the Irish character. Contemporary fiction writers studied include, W.B. Yeats, Eavan Boland, Rosemary Mahoney, and postmodern favorite Flann O'Brien, among others, with a focus on the influence of Celtic myths on contemporary Irish life and writing.	Class Number 1381	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 919
FYS I:Writing About Art	1001 (042)	Fred Camper	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This is a writing course, with the goals of helping you write excellent basic English and developing your skills in presenting arguments, using careful observations of art works and careful readings of writings on art. Reading is one way of improving your writing, and we will study essays almost entirely by artists, likely including photographers (Paul Strand and Edward Weston), painters (Gerhard Richter and Agnes Martin), sculptors (Constantin Brancusi), filmmakers (Dziga Vertov and Maya Deren), architects (Louis Sullivan), and conceptual artists (Barbara Kruger and Jenny Holzer). We will view art by the artists whose work we consider, and discuss both how their written statements connect with their work and the larger problem of using writing to describe and interpret visual art. There will be short assignments on the writing and work of the artists we consider, and one assignment in which you write an artist's statement, either for the work you are now making or for the work you hope to make. There will also be a research paper on an artist of your choice with the instructor's approval, in which you argue a thesis about that artist's work. Each of these assignments will also be revised based on the instructor's comments, and the minimum length of all together will be at least 7,500 words.	Class Number 1382	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 111
FYS I: Self-Portraiture & Society	1001 (043)	Nat Holtzmann	Fri 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description The terms ¿self¿ and ¿portrait¿ are so ubiquitous that they often go underexamined. This class invites students to consider the ¿self¿ on a philosophical level, and to feel out the complex, blurry parameters distinguishing a portrait an artist makes of another from a self-portrait. The historical contexts within which various self-portraits in 20th century art and literature were produced will inform our inquiries into how society shapes the ways we think about/represent our 'selves' and vice versa. These will include artworks by Claude Cahun, Beauford Delaney, Catherine Opie, and Marisol, as well as texts by Joe Brainard, Michelle Tea, Edouard Levé, Nathalie Léger, and contemporary literary critics. Selections from diaries of artists and writers will also feed our interests, including those of Frida Kahlo, Eva Hesse, Franz Kafka, Audre Lorde, and David Wojnarowicz. Finally, we will interrogate the ethics and implications of self-portraiture today, in a culture glutted with them to an unprecedented degree. What does it say about our ability to register and respond to the present moment¿one shaped by large structures and forces¿that our art and literature often operate at the scale of the individual self? FYS I courses develop college-level writing skills and prepare students for FYS II and upper-level Liberal Arts courses. In this process-oriented class, students will build such skills through 15-20 pages of formal, revisable writing (two multi-draft essays) in addition to preparatory homework assignments and in-class writing. Work will be undertaken independently and collaboratively through self-assessment, guided workshops, and peer review.	Class Number 1389	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 202
FYS I:Writing About Film	1001 (044)	Fred Camper	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description FYS I:Writing About Film	Class Number 1390	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 205
FYS I:Bird Talk	1001 (045)	Joanna Anos	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Bird talk is talk about birds, about flight and flying, migration, metamorphosis, and song; about bird-beings and human beings, who want to be birds or, at least, bird-like, and about artists whose art is avian inspired. Readings for this writing course include essays and a selection of myths, tales, and poems; visual texts include bird-art at the Art Institute. Students write and revise several essays, including a comparative textual analysis and a verbal-visual ¿field guide¿ of their own design.	Class Number 1392	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 816
FYS I: The Wire	1001 (06S)	Raghav Rao	Mon 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class invites students into a conversation around the HBO series ¿The Wire.¿ Through writing, discussion, and peer review, students will think critically about television as an art form, hyperrealism, and the lived experience of people in and excluded from civic institutions. This is a writing-focused course investigating both the form (broadcast television) and the content of a commercial art form. The assignments are intended to help students master college-level writing skills namely drafting, espousing an argument, revision, and peer review. Aside from the primary material (Most of Seasons 1-4 of ¿The Wire¿ with Season 5 as optional viewing), students will read excerpts from Toni Morrison, Michel Foucault, James Baldwin, Alec Karakatsanis, Dennis Lehane; Jonathan Abrams; Felicia Pearson. Students are expected to write two essays and a substantially revised version of either one of the essays. Essay 1 will be 4-6 pages. Essay 2 will be 6-8 pages. This is in addition to the several one-page reflections and episode-breakdowns interspersed through the semester.	Class Number 1336	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 608
FYS I: Funny Thing	1001 (07S)	Sophie Goalson	Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This First Year Seminar course will explore humor writing as a serious artform, and will employ analysis strategies to get at the core of the question of what makes something funny. By the end of the semester, students will be able to write analytical essays that pick apart and organize ideas around both literature and humor, and will read and explore humorous writing throughout the English canon. The psychology of humor - exactly what it is that makes something funny - is complicated and requires careful mastery. This course will examine how writers and artists have historically used humor to reach audiences deeply, emotionally, and politically. Through works by Mark Twain, Dorothy Parker, Langston Hughes, Nora Ephron, Susan Orlean, Jack Handey, and Trevor Noah, we will get to the heart of what makes something funny, and how humor has changed over time. We will also look at the different formats of comedy, including satire, parody, film-writing, stand-up comedy, and more. Students should expect to write 15 to 20 pages of formal, revisable writing (4 short papers and one medium-length paper). In addition, they will do regular, rigorous in-class writing, and engage in weekly analytical conversation.	Class Number 1337	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
Arch/Inarch: Design Drawing	1002 (001)	Adel Machacca	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is a comprehensive introduction to two-dimensional architectural and interior architectural representation. Students learn hand-drawing and digital techniques to produce orthographic, axonometric, isometric, and perspectival projections in individual and group projects. Students move between two- and three-dimensional representation, developing robust skills for design drawing. Typically the course will review the work of architects and designers throughout the history of architecture representation. Readings will vary and focus will be concentrated on understanding and putting into practice the mechanisms of drawing. Course work consists of building techniques and practice of drawing. Classes will develop incremental skills through assignments and projects that culminate into complex drawings and representations. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1026	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Digital Communication Location Sullivan Center 1255
Illustration Technologies Lab	1002 (001)	Kimberly Karen Viviano	Mon 6:45 PM - 8:00 PM All Online
Description Digital visualization is essential to all contemporary creative communication. This class will familiarize students with the syntax, tools and methods of vector-based drawing and reinforce analogies to traditional methods of image-making covered in the First Year Program. Students will begin with an introduction to the computer as a graphic design tool: the relationship of vector to raster graphics and the peripherals. The focus on building proficiency with industry-standard Adobe Illustrator software will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. Students apply technical competencies to formal design problems during the second half of this course and in Beginning Graphic Design class. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1842	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Online
FYSe: Photography and Truth	1002 (001)	Jennie Berner	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Photography can count as a forensic technology, a form of official identification, a documentary record, and a means of surveillance. Yet photographs can also be deceptive, particularly in our age of digital manipulation. In this writing-intensive course, we will examine the circumstances under which photography is treated as art and/or evidence. Readings will cover a range of subtopics from social media & selfies to political photography, from advertising & Photoshop to family albums. Writing assignments ? totaling 15-20 pages over the course of the semester ? will emphasize analysis, argument, research, revision, and other academic writing skills. Prerequisites Must complete AAP: Academic Foundations Seminar (AAP1001) and Foundations Writing Workshop (AAP 1011)	Class Number 1355	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1427
Survey of Modern to Contemporary Art and Architecture	1002 (001)	Jacob Henry Leveton	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This course builds on the lessons of ARTHI 1001 by discussing specific issues in modern and contemporary art and design. It focuses on examining objects and concepts, addressing theoretical and critical issues. It also explores the historical, intellectual, and socioeconomic changes reflected in the works of artists and designers, highlighting their relevance to contemporary practices. Museum visits and group exercises supervised by the instructor and the teaching assistants will contribute to the important hands-on experience of works of art. Note: ARTHI 1001 is the recommended prerequisite for ARTHI 1002.	Class Number 1045	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Illustration Technologies Lab	1002 (002)	Kimberly Karen Viviano	Tues 3:30 PM - 4:45 PM In Person
Description Digital visualization is essential to all contemporary creative communication. This class will familiarize students with the syntax, tools and methods of vector-based drawing and reinforce analogies to traditional methods of image-making covered in the First Year Program. Students will begin with an introduction to the computer as a graphic design tool: the relationship of vector to raster graphics and the peripherals. The focus on building proficiency with industry-standard Adobe Illustrator software will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. Students apply technical competencies to formal design problems during the second half of this course and in Beginning Graphic Design class. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1843	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1108
Survey of Modern to Contemporary Art and Architecture	1002 (002)	Alice Maggie Hazard	Mon 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course builds on the lessons of ARTHI 1001 by discussing specific issues in modern and contemporary art and design. It focuses on examining objects and concepts, addressing theoretical and critical issues. It also explores the historical, intellectual, and socioeconomic changes reflected in the works of artists and designers, highlighting their relevance to contemporary practices. Museum visits and group exercises supervised by the instructor and the teaching assistants will contribute to the important hands-on experience of works of art. Note: ARTHI 1001 is the recommended prerequisite for ARTHI 1002.	Class Number 1046	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Illustration Technologies Lab	1002 (003)	Kimberly Karen Viviano	Tues 5:00 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description Digital visualization is essential to all contemporary creative communication. This class will familiarize students with the syntax, tools and methods of vector-based drawing and reinforce analogies to traditional methods of image-making covered in the First Year Program. Students will begin with an introduction to the computer as a graphic design tool: the relationship of vector to raster graphics and the peripherals. The focus on building proficiency with industry-standard Adobe Illustrator software will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. Students apply technical competencies to formal design problems during the second half of this course and in Beginning Graphic Design class. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1844	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1108
Survey of Modern to Contemporary Art and Architecture	1002 (003)	Josh L. Gomez	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course builds on the lessons of ARTHI 1001 by discussing specific issues in modern and contemporary art and design. It focuses on examining objects and concepts, addressing theoretical and critical issues. It also explores the historical, intellectual, and socioeconomic changes reflected in the works of artists and designers, highlighting their relevance to contemporary practices. Museum visits and group exercises supervised by the instructor and the teaching assistants will contribute to the important hands-on experience of works of art. Note: ARTHI 1001 is the recommended prerequisite for ARTHI 1002.	Class Number 1047	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Illustration Technologies Lab	1002 (004)	Kimberly Karen Viviano	Wed 6:45 PM - 8:00 PM All Online
Description Digital visualization is essential to all contemporary creative communication. This class will familiarize students with the syntax, tools and methods of vector-based drawing and reinforce analogies to traditional methods of image-making covered in the First Year Program. Students will begin with an introduction to the computer as a graphic design tool: the relationship of vector to raster graphics and the peripherals. The focus on building proficiency with industry-standard Adobe Illustrator software will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. Students apply technical competencies to formal design problems during the second half of this course and in Beginning Graphic Design class. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1845	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Online
Survey of Modern to Contemporary Art and Architecture	1002 (004)	Risa Puleo	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course builds on the lessons of ARTHI 1001 by discussing specific issues in modern and contemporary art and design. It focuses on examining objects and concepts, addressing theoretical and critical issues. It also explores the historical, intellectual, and socioeconomic changes reflected in the works of artists and designers, highlighting their relevance to contemporary practices. Museum visits and group exercises supervised by the instructor and the teaching assistants will contribute to the important hands-on experience of works of art. Note: ARTHI 1001 is the recommended prerequisite for ARTHI 1002.	Class Number 1048	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 302
Illustration Technologies Lab	1002 (005)	Kimberly Karen Viviano	Wed 8:15 PM - 9:30 PM All Online
Description Digital visualization is essential to all contemporary creative communication. This class will familiarize students with the syntax, tools and methods of vector-based drawing and reinforce analogies to traditional methods of image-making covered in the First Year Program. Students will begin with an introduction to the computer as a graphic design tool: the relationship of vector to raster graphics and the peripherals. The focus on building proficiency with industry-standard Adobe Illustrator software will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. Students apply technical competencies to formal design problems during the second half of this course and in Beginning Graphic Design class. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1868	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Online
Illustration Technologies Lab	1002 (006)	Richard Bresden	Thurs 3:30 PM - 4:45 PM In Person
Description Digital visualization is essential to all contemporary creative communication. This class will familiarize students with the syntax, tools and methods of vector-based drawing and reinforce analogies to traditional methods of image-making covered in the First Year Program. Students will begin with an introduction to the computer as a graphic design tool: the relationship of vector to raster graphics and the peripherals. The focus on building proficiency with industry-standard Adobe Illustrator software will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. Students apply technical competencies to formal design problems during the second half of this course and in Beginning Graphic Design class. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1875	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1108
Illustration Technologies Lab	1002 (007)	Richard Bresden	Thurs 5:00 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description Digital visualization is essential to all contemporary creative communication. This class will familiarize students with the syntax, tools and methods of vector-based drawing and reinforce analogies to traditional methods of image-making covered in the First Year Program. Students will begin with an introduction to the computer as a graphic design tool: the relationship of vector to raster graphics and the peripherals. The focus on building proficiency with industry-standard Adobe Illustrator software will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. Students apply technical competencies to formal design problems during the second half of this course and in Beginning Graphic Design class. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1877	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1108
First Year Seminar Enhanced (EIS)	1003 (002)	Diane Worobec-Serratos	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description FYS (EIS) are theme-based writing courses designed for first-year international students who have successfully completed their English for International Students Fluency course, with an emphasis on teaching Academic English skills to English Language Learners. Students will improve their Academic English skills by learning to embrace the writing process and establish writerly habits, while developing guided critical reading, thinking, and writing skills necessary for their success in future course work at SAIC. FYS (EIS) sections offer different topics. For example, students may investigate modern and contemporary art movements or analyze popular visual culture or media. While faculty have autonomy in determining course theme, the theme is an accessory to the writing; the balance in these classes is weighed toward explicit writing instruction and workshopping of student writing, not content. This course provides guided experience in writing college-level essays of various kinds. Students investigate the class topic through close readings and class discussions. They explore and develop their ideas by writing short responses and longer multi-draft papers which may include analytical, argumentative, expository, and/or evaluative essays. A significant amount of time is devoted to the craft of writing. Grammatical and organizational strategies, argumentation, and skills in thesis/claim and idea development are explored. Students should expect to write 15-20 pages of formal, revisable writing across the course of the semester. A significant amount of time may be devoted to re-writing essays, so as to develop first drafts into final versions. In-class writing and short homework exercises may be included. Through peer review and workshops, students learn to collaborate and to take their work, and the work of their peers seriously, thereby establishing best practices of critique. Classes are capped at 12 students and individual meetings to discuss each student's papers should be expected. Prerequisites Must complete English Fluency I (EIS 1021)	Class Number 1384	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 205
Design Communication	1004 (001)	Nathan Rennich	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Comprehensive introduction to three-dimensional architectural and interior architectural representation and fabrication. Through individual and group projects, students learn hand-modeling and digital fabrication techniques, and become super-users of the School?s shops and Advanced Output Center. Students work on design projects using the latest software and digital tools, and develop techniques for integrating analog and digital design and fabrication processes. Students move between two- and three-dimensional representation in the development of robust skills for design communication. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1019	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Digital Communication, Digital Imaging Location Sullivan Center 1240
FYS II: Anthropology of Docs	1005 (001)	Matilda Stubbs	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This writing intensive seminar introduces the anthropological study of documents and documentary practices. From filling out forms and processing paperwork, to photo IDs, credit cards, even vital records like birth and death certificates, these objects have become artifacts of modern life. This course traces the visible and overlooked documents of the everyday, to explore the documentary contributions of ethnographic writing. Students will identify and investigate different kinds of documents to expand understandings of the ways people produce and use recording patterns daily and, in often very habituated and unnoticed ways. Using course readings and multi-media examples from tweets, hashtags, and memes, to the proverbial red tape in India, Greece, American hospitals, courtrooms, and social service agencies, students will compare and contrast documents through individual ethnographic archival projects. Particular emphasis will focus on organizations and cultures in which recording behaviors and technologies are essential in text-heavy ethnographic environments. This includes contributions of ethnographic research and social science writing to the study of things from a cross-cultural perspective. Course activities center around developing analytic skills in the genre of ethnographic writing through in-class free writing, generating observational field notes and journaling, two formal and revisable essays, and peer review. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1370	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
Potting for Pleasure and Protest	1005 (001)	Javier Jasso	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This intro course will allow students to build upon and deconstruct our preconceived notions of what a 'pot' is. Can a pot be a subversive act of defiance? Can it express pleasure, grief or discomfort? We will explore what a pot can say and do beyond mere function. Investigating materiality, process, and conceptual frameworks the pot will serve as a form through which we?ll unpack issues ranging from the primordial to the celestial. Students will learn technical ceramic processes while examining the histories, practices, and conceptual potentialities of the vessel. We will look at artists who employ the vessel in their practice in a critical, subversive, personal and humorous ways. Some of the artists include Rubi Neri, Betty Woodman, Kathy Butterly, Theaster Gates, Sahar Khouri, Bari Ziperstein and more. Readings will include excerpts from ?Documents of Contemporary Art: CRAFT? and authors such as Glen Adamson, Edmund de Waal and Tanya Harrod. Students should expect to produce a body of work consisting of assigned and self directed projects to be presented in a culminating midterm and final critique.	Class Number 1185	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Area of Study Community & Social Engagement, Art/Design and Politics Location 280 Building Rm M153
FYS II: Writing for Art	1005 (002)	Kerry Balden	Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description FYS II further develops the skills learned in FYS I, with specific attention to writing for readers. Throughout, students will learn, practice, and analyze principles of writing such as argument, introductions, conclusions, and more. But all of this with a view to motivating and convincing particular readerships. After several introductory weeks of finding and reading pieces from your fields of interest, we begin short written assignments that focus on a certain writing principle of the week. By the third or fourth week, each student will have selected a research topic that they will focus on for the remainder of the course. Those who do not already have some notion of a topic beforehand will be supported with suggestions of artists, critics, and movements across the far-reaching areas of study at SAIC. Students can expect most class days to be divided into three parts: peer analyses of the previous week's writing, lecture and exercise on a new principle of writing, and in-class time for writing and research. The course depends on and flourishes from the peer analyses, and the samples of writing that students find in their fields of interest. From these, students experience how, as a reader, it is to read both the better and the worse, and how to improve from the latter to the former: Writing is a process, to which revising for readers is essential. The variety of topics, techniques, styles, and discourse communities provide the opportunity not only to become well-versed in your particular field of interest, but competent to discuss and critique other fields, whether adjacent or otherwise. From week to week, the written assignments become slightly longer, with students writing in total 20 pages of formal, revisable writing. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1350	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 919
FYS II:Goodbye Home	1005 (003)	Suman Chhabra	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description We have all left our homes to venture here. Perhaps it has been a physical, mental, spiritual, or emotional journey away from home. Now what? What do we think of ourselves in our new homes? What can we understand about ourselves and our previous homes now that we have left them? In this course we will read fiction, nonfiction, graphic novels, and poetry by South Asian diasporic writers. These writers have left India, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka themselves or are first generation in a new country. Readings often include works by Mira Jacob, Deepak Unnikrishnan, Durga Chew Bose, Faisal Mohyuddin, Mohsin Hamid, and Kazim Ali among others. In our FYS II course, we will develop our critical reading, writing, and thinking skills. This is a studio writing class in which we will focus on writing as a process. We will freewrite, formulate conceptual questions for the readings, write responses, and compose and revise 20-25 pages in multidraft essays. FYS II develops college-level writing skills, prepares one for upper-level Liberal Arts courses, and allows one to improve expressing their ideas in writing Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1371	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 206
FYS II: Hidden from History	1005 (005)	Deborah S. Hochgesang	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This seminar will use Voices of a People¿s History of the United States by Howard Zinn and Anthony Arnove to explore how ordinary people in American history spoke out and fought for social justice. Their voices have not been included in the conventional historical narrative of the United States, and students will learn from their speeches, letters, poems and songs how they viewed and shaped the major social justice movements in American history. Additional materials will expand the scope of this historical survey as needed. Students should expect to write 20-25 pages of formal, revisable writing in addition to homework and in-class workshops. First Year Seminar II provides students with guided experience in college-level writing, thereby forming the necessary foundation for upper-level Liberal Arts classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1372	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
FYS II: Ethics and the Environment	1005 (006)	David B. Johnson	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description In this writing-intensive course, students will work to improve their writing skills through an exploration of environmental ethics, the branch of thought devoted to understanding what makes the nonhuman world valuable, how we human beings should conceive of our relation to and role within that world, and what obligations we owe to the beings that populate it. After a brief introduction to philosophical ethics in general, we will study several texts outlining some of the major approaches to environmental ethics, including anthropocentrism, biocentric egalitarianism, and ecofeminism. These readings will be drawn from a range of disciplines, historical eras, and cultural sources. Students will have the opportunity to explore topics of further interest in the field of environmental ethics through their written work, which will make up the bulk of their coursework and will comprise two major essays, amounting to between 20 to 25 pages of formal, revisable writing. Students will also complete several short homework assignments and in-class writing exercises. The overarching goal of the course is to deepen students¿ understanding of and facility with the standards and rigors of evidence-based argumentation and analysis. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1352	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1427
FYS II: Generative Art: The Future of Creativity?	1005 (007)	Aaron Greenberg	Fri 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description Generative art, resulting from creative practices involving automation and artificial intelligence, has existed for decades if not centuries. Already in 1970, the School of the Art Institute of Chicago created a department called Generative Systems to study and experiment with art practices harnessing new technologies. Still, with the recent release of powerful text-to-image generators and natural language processors, many are celebrating, dreading, and warning of a brave new world where machines can automatically create ¿art¿ which once would have required countless hours of human labor, experience, and courage. ¿We¿re Witnessing the Birth of a New Artistic Medium,¿ reported The Atlantic in September 2022. In November, The Guardian asked, ¿When AI can make art ¿ what does it mean for creativity?¿ Artists were understandably outraged when an AI-generated artwork, Théâtre D'opéra Spatial won first place for digital art in the Colorado State Fair¿s fine arts competition. Together we¿ll experiment at the intersection of technology and art, exploring what it means to make art when algorithms can automate parts of the creative process. Whether you believe that auto-generative AI democratizes or dehumanizes artistic creation, rather than dismiss or fight an inevitable future of auto-generative artificial intelligence in art, we¿ll discover how emergent technologies can enhance human creativity and promote humane artistic practices. FYS II develops college-level writing skills, preparing students for upper-level Liberal Arts courses. Students will create original research (and textual art) around topics including authenticity, mimesis, copyright, autonomy, automation, (non)human creativity, and the evolving markets for artistic work. We¿ll develop and refine the writing skills learned in FYS I while experimenting with generative writing and research methods. Students will leave this course with a portfolio of original, publishable writing, as well as a foundational grasp of the history and futures of generative art. Readings and screenings may vary but will focus on pioneers in the creation, curation, and market of generative art. Some of the scholars and artists we will engage with in this course include Sonia Landy Sheridan, Georg Nees, Frieder Nake, Vera Molnár, Margaret Boden, and Francesca Franco. Students will create 20-25 pages of formal, revisable, and publishable writing across three short essays and two in-depth revisions. Students will also learn to write a research paper, using scholarly constraints to enhance creativity. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1391	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 206
FYS II:Modern Short Fiction	1005 (009)	Kate Lechler	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will trace the development of the modern short story, focusing primarily on the 20th century. There are three goals of this course. First, we will look closely at the form of the short story - the tools an author has at his/her disposal. Second, we will examine the innovations that occurred in the 20th century. And finally - through in-class discussion and workshop - we will focus on the craft of paper-writing. Through repetition of short writing exercises, we aim to make the basic structure of academic writing second-nature. We will also learn the art of thesis-writing - translating our general observations of the short-story form into unique and penetrating arguments. In this course we will focus on the core skills of reading and writing, preparing us for all our future coursework at SAIC. Students learn to make nuanced observations about the texts we study, observations which form the basis for the argumentative papers we write. This course begins with Anton Chekhov but focuses mainly on 20th century American authors. Authors include Zora Neale Hurston, Ernest Hemingway, Flannery O?Connor, Katherine Mansfield, Sherwood Anderson and Donald Barthelme. Assignments consist of informal, observational journals, short papers and a larger Final Paper at the end of the course. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1374	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 206
FYS II: Dreamers, Utopians, and Mystics	1005 (010)	Irina Ruvinsky	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course explores the literary genre of fantasy, including the subgenre of science fiction. Through the lenses of Russian literature and film we will investigate fantastic¿s sister genres: ¿the uncanny¿ or ¿the marvelous.¿ We will examine how classical Russian writers and cinematographers, ranging from Gogol, Nabkov, Bulgakov to Tarkovsky, engaged with the fantastic, the supernatural and developments in science and technology. We will study how political ideology and resistance helped shape Russian fantasies and fears in the 20th and 21st centuries in literature and film. Students will be expected to write 3 persuasive papers, 6-7 pages each, aimed to develop persuasive, analytical and critical thinking skills. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1354	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 301
FYS II: Fiction, Falsehood, & Artistic Form	1005 (011)	Stephen Williams	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Where is the line between a work of art and 'real life,' and what happens¿aesthetically, ethically, politically¿when artists and writers question, blur, subvert, or conceal it? To what extent is an author part of the fiction they create? What is 'true' in a fictional or virtual world, and who decides? Though these questions¿implicit in any kind of aesthetic figuration¿are as old as art itself, they have taken on a particular urgency as mistrust and disinformation¿and the technologies that enable them¿increasingly pervade our lives. The course, then, takes these issues as a focal point as students build upon the foundational writing skills they began learning in FYS I, introducing more rigorous argumentation and research. Among the topics we might consider are the concepts of the persona, the shibboleth, and the 'fourth wall'; trompe-l'oeil painting; the poems of Ossian; Fernando Pessoa's heteronyms; Borges's Pierre Menard; Brecht's 'alienation effects'; pseudonyms (as a means of personal liberation, as a response to oppression); camp (in its emphasis on artifice over naturalism); forgeries and disputed attributions; NFTs and Artificial Intelligence. Students will produce 20-25 pages of formal, revisable writing, as well as informal at-home and in-class assignments. The course involves extensive peer review and collaborative work, and culminates in a research paper on a topic of the student's choosing. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 1380	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
FYS II: Life Writing	1005 (012)	Kerry Balden	Thurs 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description FYS II will build upon the foundational writing skills students began learning in FYS I, with the introduction of more rigorous argumentation and research. Eventually, writing will be more self-directed in this FYS II class, which investigates the popular genre of life writing. We will read selections from a number of 20th and 21st century authors who use autobiography as part of an inquiry into larger cultural and artistic themes. We will begin with Maxine Hong Kingston, whose speculative ¿No Name Woman¿ changed the landscape of what a memoir can do and conclude with Maggie Nelson¿s The Argonauts, a widely influential work of auto-theory. In their research and writing students can expect to explore a literary, artistic, or ethical question in life writing that matters most to them and/or that inspires their curiosity. Students should expect to write 20 to 25 pages of formal, revisable writing (i.e. one conversation essay and one research project, both with multiple drafts) as well as homework exercises and in-class writing. Much in-class writing will be included. Emphasis is on development of the intellectual skills of reading and responding critically which forms the basis of each student's career at SAIC. Furthermore, peer review, class workshopping of student papers, and individual meetings to discuss each student's writing should be expected. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ENGLISH 1001.	Class Number 2281	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 501
Focus on the Ceramic 3D printer	1008 (001)		Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class is an introduction to clay and technology unique to ceramics. This class is recommended for first year students. In this class we will begin to bring technology and clay together. This class will give you the fundamentals to continue your investigations into printing with clay. There is no required experience in 3d modeling to take this course. In this class objects will be created using Rhino from its commands such as Repeat, Rotation, Spin, Revolve, Round, Unroll, Unfold, Open, Line.. These pieces created virtually will be translated to reality via the Potterbot at SAIC in the Ceramics department. We will also look at rudimentary ways that we can be inventive and mimic the 3d printer at home with basic materials to create objects. We will look at artists working both in traditional and non-traditional methods. Discussion about the virtual and physical space will be a topic that will be discussed and how to negotiate that space as an artist. Artists will include but are not limited to: Tom Lauerman, Michael Eden, Stacy Jo Scott, Brian Boldon, Oliver Van Herpt, Slip Rabbit Studio, UNFOLD, Jonathan Keep. We will have weekly reading and articles covering topics related to ceramics and the digital, the history of the vessel and how the digital is seen in the contemporary art and design arena. Specific authors may be Jenni Sorkin, Okakura Kakuzo and Edmund de Waal.	Class Number 1188	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Area of Study Product Design Location 280 Building Rm M153
Introduction to Fashion, Body, and Garment	1010 (001)	Isaac Couch	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This is an introductory look into fashion. Students will explore basic design skills and processes, and work with various materials used in constructing garments. Both traditional and non-traditional materials will be explored through techniques and exercises related to the body. Students will learn how the tools and equipment for hand and machine sewing functions, and its role in constructing garments. A critical overview of fashion introduces students to various practical and theoretical approaches to understand and explore fashion within an art context.	Class Number 1395	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 702
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (001)	Kitty T Huffman, Laura Davis	Mon, Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1200	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (001)	Kitty T Huffman, Laura Davis	Mon, Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1200	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Introduction to Fashion, Body, and Garment	1010 (002)	Saumitra Shrikant Chandratreya	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is an introductory look into fashion. Students will explore basic design skills and processes, and work with various materials used in constructing garments. Both traditional and non-traditional materials will be explored through techniques and exercises related to the body. Students will learn how the tools and equipment for hand and machine sewing functions, and its role in constructing garments. A critical overview of fashion introduces students to various practical and theoretical approaches to understand and explore fashion within an art context.	Class Number 1396	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 727
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (002)	Assaf Evron, Troy Daniel Briggs	Mon, Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1201	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (002)	Assaf Evron, Troy Daniel Briggs	Mon, Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1201	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Introduction to Fashion, Body, and Garment	1010 (003)		Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is an introductory look into fashion. Students will explore basic design skills and processes, and work with various materials used in constructing garments. Both traditional and non-traditional materials will be explored through techniques and exercises related to the body. Students will learn how the tools and equipment for hand and machine sewing functions, and its role in constructing garments. A critical overview of fashion introduces students to various practical and theoretical approaches to understand and explore fashion within an art context.	Class Number 1397	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 702
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (003)	Joseph David Belknap, Sarah Jean Belknap	Mon, Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1202	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329, Sharp 331
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (003)	Joseph David Belknap, Sarah Jean Belknap	Mon, Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1202	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329, Sharp 331
Introduction to Fashion, Body, and Garment	1010 (004)	Kylee Marisa Alexander	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This is an introductory look into fashion. Students will explore basic design skills and processes, and work with various materials used in constructing garments. Both traditional and non-traditional materials will be explored through techniques and exercises related to the body. Students will learn how the tools and equipment for hand and machine sewing functions, and its role in constructing garments. A critical overview of fashion introduces students to various practical and theoretical approaches to understand and explore fashion within an art context.	Class Number 1398	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 702
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (004)	David Lozano, Mikey Peterson	Tues, Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1203	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (004)	David Lozano, Mikey Peterson	Tues, Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1203	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Introduction to Fashion, Body, and Garment	1010 (005)	Kristin Mariani	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is an introductory look into fashion. Students will explore basic design skills and processes, and work with various materials used in constructing garments. Both traditional and non-traditional materials will be explored through techniques and exercises related to the body. Students will learn how the tools and equipment for hand and machine sewing functions, and its role in constructing garments. A critical overview of fashion introduces students to various practical and theoretical approaches to understand and explore fashion within an art context.	Class Number 1399	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 702
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (005)	Maria Gaspar, Sara Prado	Tues, Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1204	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (005)	Maria Gaspar, Sara Prado	Tues, Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1204	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Introduction to Fashion, Body, and Garment	1010 (006)	Isaac Couch	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description This is an introductory look into fashion. Students will explore basic design skills and processes, and work with various materials used in constructing garments. Both traditional and non-traditional materials will be explored through techniques and exercises related to the body. Students will learn how the tools and equipment for hand and machine sewing functions, and its role in constructing garments. A critical overview of fashion introduces students to various practical and theoretical approaches to understand and explore fashion within an art context.	Class Number 1425	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 702
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (006)	Claire Fleming Staples, Christine Anne Shallenberg	Tues, Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1205	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314, Sharp 315
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (006)	Claire Fleming Staples, Christine Anne Shallenberg	Tues, Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1205	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314, Sharp 315
Introduction to Fashion, Body, and Garment	1010 (007)	Kylee Marisa Alexander	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This is an introductory look into fashion. Students will explore basic design skills and processes, and work with various materials used in constructing garments. Both traditional and non-traditional materials will be explored through techniques and exercises related to the body. Students will learn how the tools and equipment for hand and machine sewing functions, and its role in constructing garments. A critical overview of fashion introduces students to various practical and theoretical approaches to understand and explore fashion within an art context.	Class Number 1436	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 702
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (007)	Anna Laure Kielman, Elena Ailes	Tues, Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1206	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326, Sharp 328
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (007)	Anna Laure Kielman, Elena Ailes	Tues, Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1206	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326, Sharp 328
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (008)	Pablo R Garcia, Xi Li	Wed, Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1207	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (008)	Pablo R Garcia, Xi Li	Wed, Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1207	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (009)	Burton Isenstein, Tom Burtonwood	Wed, Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1208	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326, Sharp 328
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (009)	Burton Isenstein, Tom Burtonwood	Wed, Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1208	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326, Sharp 328
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (010)	Susan Giles, AJ McClenon	Wed, Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1209	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (010)	Susan Giles, AJ McClenon	Wed, Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1209	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (011)	Kirsten Leenaars, Ruby Que	Wed, Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1210	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329, Sharp 331
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (011)	Kirsten Leenaars, Ruby Que	Wed, Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1210	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329, Sharp 331
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (012)	Hope Roberts Esser, John Henley	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1211	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (012)	Hope Roberts Esser, John Henley	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1211	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (013)	Lise Haller Baggesen, Michelle Bolinger	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1212	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (013)	Lise Haller Baggesen, Michelle Bolinger	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1212	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (014)	Benjamin Melamed Pearson, Claire Ashley	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1213	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314, Sharp 315
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (014)	Benjamin Melamed Pearson, Claire Ashley	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1213	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314, Sharp 315
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (015)	Pablo R Garcia, Rachel Niffenegger	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1214	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329, Sharp 331
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (015)	Pablo R Garcia, Rachel Niffenegger	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1214	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329, Sharp 331
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (016)	Troy Daniel Briggs, Loretta Bourque	Fri, Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1215	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (016)	Troy Daniel Briggs, Loretta Bourque	Fri, Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1215	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (017)	Hope Roberts Esser, John Henley	Fri, Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1216	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (017)	Hope Roberts Esser, John Henley	Fri, Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1216	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (018)	Joseph David Belknap, Sarah Jean Belknap	Fri, Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1217	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329, Sharp 331
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (018)	Joseph David Belknap, Sarah Jean Belknap	Fri, Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1217	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329, Sharp 331
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (019)	Kris Derek Hechevarria, Andrew Martin Roche	Tues, Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1218	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (019)	Kris Derek Hechevarria, Andrew Martin Roche	Tues, Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1218	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (020)	Caleb Michael Yono, Stevie Hanley	Tues, Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1219	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (020)	Caleb Michael Yono, Stevie Hanley	Tues, Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1219	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (022)	Steve Amos, Delano Dunn	Thurs, Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1221	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (022)	Steve Amos, Delano Dunn	Thurs, Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1221	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 213, Sharp 214
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (023)	Kitty Rauth, Maria Burundarena	Thurs, Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1222	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (023)	Kitty Rauth, Maria Burundarena	Thurs, Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1222	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215, Sharp 216
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (024)	Claire Ashley, Cheryl Virginia Pope	Thurs, Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1223	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314, Sharp 315
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (024)	Claire Ashley, Cheryl Virginia Pope	Thurs, Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1223	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314, Sharp 315
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (025)	Nancy Sanchez Tamayo, Zachary Hutchinson	Thurs, Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1288	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326, Sharp 328
Core Studio Practice I	1010 (025)	Nancy Sanchez Tamayo, Zachary Hutchinson	Thurs, Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1288	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326, Sharp 328
Core Studio Practice II	1011 (001)	Armando Román	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on disciplinary and interdisciplinary art and design practices of contemporary art production. This team-taught, year-long class explores the materials and techniques of surface, space, and time (2D, 3D, and 4D), as well as the connections and interplay of these areas. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, traditional with the contemporary, and makes visible a variety of approaches in current cultural production in order to foster the development of students? emerging practices as makers and thinkers. In this interdisciplinary studio course students will be authorized to use a variety of school shops, materials and equipment; including the woodshop, plaster studio, digital lab, sewing machine, hand tools, sound and video production, digital workflows and principles of visual fundamentals. This is a hands-on making class, faculty present artists and content related to a particular toolkit and, or project theme. Every section of Core Studio has shared learning outcomes which are uniquely realized by each Core faculty partnership. Students should expect a fast-paced studio environment. In Core Studio students will complete short assignments as well as longer multi-week projects. Assignments are designed to help students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials, processes, and themes presented by faculty. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1286	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 331
Foundations Writing Workshop	1011 (001)	Jacob A Hinkson	Thurs 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description The Foundations Writing Workshop is a process-based writing course that serves as students' initiation to the foundations of academic writing in a school of art and design. Students engage in the writing process, learn strategies for exploring topics, and develop their knowledge of the concepts and terminology of art and design through the practice of various kinds of written compositions. Analysis of essays and active participation in writing-critiques are integral components of the Workshop.	Class Number 1011	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 203
Foundations Writing Workshop	1011 (002)	Alexander W Jochaniewicz	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description The Foundations Writing Workshop is a process-based writing course that serves as students' initiation to the foundations of academic writing in a school of art and design. Students engage in the writing process, learn strategies for exploring topics, and develop their knowledge of the concepts and terminology of art and design through the practice of various kinds of written compositions. Analysis of essays and active participation in writing-critiques are integral components of the Workshop.	Class Number 1015	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 206
Foundations Writing Workshop	1011 (003)	Peter Thomas	Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description The Foundations Writing Workshop is a process-based writing course that serves as students' initiation to the foundations of academic writing in a school of art and design. Students engage in the writing process, learn strategies for exploring topics, and develop their knowledge of the concepts and terminology of art and design through the practice of various kinds of written compositions. Analysis of essays and active participation in writing-critiques are integral components of the Workshop.	Class Number 1012	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1427
Foundations Writing Workshop	1011 (004)		Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description The Foundations Writing Workshop is a process-based writing course that serves as students' initiation to the foundations of academic writing in a school of art and design. Students engage in the writing process, learn strategies for exploring topics, and develop their knowledge of the concepts and terminology of art and design through the practice of various kinds of written compositions. Analysis of essays and active participation in writing-critiques are integral components of the Workshop.	Class Number 1016	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 517
Foundations Writing Workshop	1011 (005)	Alexander W Jochaniewicz	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The Foundations Writing Workshop is a process-based writing course that serves as students' initiation to the foundations of academic writing in a school of art and design. Students engage in the writing process, learn strategies for exploring topics, and develop their knowledge of the concepts and terminology of art and design through the practice of various kinds of written compositions. Analysis of essays and active participation in writing-critiques are integral components of the Workshop.	Class Number 2506	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 517
Core Studio Practice I: Transfers	1012 (001)	Mikey Peterson	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Core Studio is a year-long course that introduces students to both disciplinary and interdisciplinary art practice. Students learn about the methods, materials, tools and concepts in the areas of Surface (2-dimensional), Space (3-dimensional), and Time (4-dimensional), both independently and in relationship to one another. Students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials and themes being presented by faculty. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, historical with the contemporary, and makes visible the possibilities and variety of approaches in contemporary cultural production. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1267	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326
Core Studio Practice I: Transfers	1012 (002)	Claire Ashley	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Core Studio is a year-long course that introduces students to both disciplinary and interdisciplinary art practice. Students learn about the methods, materials, tools and concepts in the areas of Surface (2-dimensional), Space (3-dimensional), and Time (4-dimensional), both independently and in relationship to one another. Students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials and themes being presented by faculty. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, historical with the contemporary, and makes visible the possibilities and variety of approaches in contemporary cultural production. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1268	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 332
Core Studio Practice I: Transfers	1012 (003)	Andy Hall	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Core Studio is a year-long course that introduces students to both disciplinary and interdisciplinary art practice. Students learn about the methods, materials, tools and concepts in the areas of Surface (2-dimensional), Space (3-dimensional), and Time (4-dimensional), both independently and in relationship to one another. Students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials and themes being presented by faculty. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, historical with the contemporary, and makes visible the possibilities and variety of approaches in contemporary cultural production. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1269	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 331
Core Studio Practice I: Transfers	1012 (004)	Laura Davis	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Core Studio is a year-long course that introduces students to both disciplinary and interdisciplinary art practice. Students learn about the methods, materials, tools and concepts in the areas of Surface (2-dimensional), Space (3-dimensional), and Time (4-dimensional), both independently and in relationship to one another. Students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials and themes being presented by faculty. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, historical with the contemporary, and makes visible the possibilities and variety of approaches in contemporary cultural production. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1270	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 407
Core Studio Practice I: Transfers	1012 (005)	Troy Daniel Briggs	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Core Studio is a year-long course that introduces students to both disciplinary and interdisciplinary art practice. Students learn about the methods, materials, tools and concepts in the areas of Surface (2-dimensional), Space (3-dimensional), and Time (4-dimensional), both independently and in relationship to one another. Students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials and themes being presented by faculty. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, historical with the contemporary, and makes visible the possibilities and variety of approaches in contemporary cultural production. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1271	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 410
Core Studio Practice I: Transfers	1012 (006)	Julietta Cheung	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Core Studio is a year-long course that introduces students to both disciplinary and interdisciplinary art practice. Students learn about the methods, materials, tools and concepts in the areas of Surface (2-dimensional), Space (3-dimensional), and Time (4-dimensional), both independently and in relationship to one another. Students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials and themes being presented by faculty. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, historical with the contemporary, and makes visible the possibilities and variety of approaches in contemporary cultural production. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1272	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326
Core Studio Practice I: Transfers	1012 (007)	Laleh Motlagh	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Core Studio is a year-long course that introduces students to both disciplinary and interdisciplinary art practice. Students learn about the methods, materials, tools and concepts in the areas of Surface (2-dimensional), Space (3-dimensional), and Time (4-dimensional), both independently and in relationship to one another. Students develop their own ideas in relation to the materials and themes being presented by faculty. Core Studio integrates the formal with the conceptual, historical with the contemporary, and makes visible the possibilities and variety of approaches in contemporary cultural production. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1289	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 310
Introduction to Ceramic Sculpture	1014 (001)	Sonja Henderson	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course is a concentrated examination of ceramic construction and firing processes, clay and glaze materials, and use of equipment to produce ceramic sculpture. This is essential as a fast track entry into competent and independent use of the department for students new to ceramics. Students broaden their skills and gain a more thorough understanding of material characteristics and processes, develop their firing skills, and participate in a dialogue about theory and content specific to ceramic sculpture. The course format includes weekly demonstrations and lectures while developing a body of personal work utilizing ceramic technology. It is required that this, or another Materials and Processes course is taken before or concurrently with any other ceramics course.	Class Number 1189	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M152
Survey of Design History: Between Object and Ephemera	1015 (001)	Lara Allison	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This lecture course grounds students in basic critical themes in the history of design and design objects. Through lectures, demonstrations, and readings students study the material and discursive conditions of the history of design. Through lecture, readings, discussions, and museum visits, the class highlights a broad range of objects and formats in graphic design, object design, fashion design, and architectural design. Course works includes object analysis assignments, short research paper, and mid-term and final exams.	Class Number 1065	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 1608
Research Studio I	1020 (001)	Julietta Cheung	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1224	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314
Research Studio I	1020 (002)	Benjamin Melamed Pearson	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1225	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 315
Research Studio I	1020 (003)	Odette Stout	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1226	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 328
Research Studio I	1020 (004)	Alberto Aguilar	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1227	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 407
Research Studio I	1020 (005)	Ginger Krebs	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1228	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 410
Research Studio I	1020 (006)	Loretta Bourque	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1229	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 332
Research Studio I	1020 (007)	Mathew Wilson	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1230	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1216
Research Studio I	1020 (008)	Kirsten Leenaars	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1231	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 410
Research Studio I	1020 (009)	S. Bailey Jacobson	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1232	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329
Research Studio I	1020 (010)	Amy Vogel	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1249	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 315
Research Studio I	1020 (011)	Andy Hall	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1234	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314
Research Studio I	1020 (012)		Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1235	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 332
Research Studio I	1020 (013)	Sarah Jean Belknap	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1236	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 332
Research Studio I	1020 (014)	Lora Lode	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1237	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 310
Research Studio I	1020 (015)	Joseph David Belknap	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1238	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1216
Research Studio I	1020 (016)	Joshua Rios	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1239	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 310
Research Studio I	1020 (017)	Jefferson Pinder	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1240	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326
Research Studio I	1020 (018)	Susan Giles	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1241	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 332
Research Studio I	1020 (019)	David Lozano	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1242	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 314
Research Studio I	1020 (020)	Amy Vogel	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1243	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 315
Research Studio I	1020 (021)	Alberto Aguilar	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1244	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 407
Research Studio I	1020 (022)	Delano Dunn	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1245	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 410
Research Studio I	1020 (023)	Steven Heyman	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1246	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 310
Research Studio I	1020 (024)	Elena Ailes	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1247	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 407
Research Studio I	1020 (025)	Alex Cohen	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1248	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1216
Research Studio I	1020 (026)	Larry Lee	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1233	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326
Research Studio I	1020 (027)	Peter Jorge Fagundo	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1250	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 328
Research Studio I	1020 (028)	Holly Holmes	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1251	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 410
Research Studio I	1020 (029)	Sarah Bastress	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1252	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329
Research Studio I	1020 (030)	Stevie Hanley	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1253	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 331
Research Studio I	1020 (031)	Yoonshin Park	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1254	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 332
Research Studio I	1020 (032)	Maria Burundarena	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1255	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 310
Research Studio I	1020 (033)	Pablo Enrique Monterrubio-Benet	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1256	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1215
Research Studio I	1020 (034)	Sungjae Lee	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1257	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 407
Research Studio I	1020 (035)	Markus Dohner	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1258	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 410
Research Studio I	1020 (036)	Regin Igloria	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1259	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329
Research Studio I	1020 (037)	Claire Fleming Staples	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1260	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 332
Research Studio I	1020 (038)	Parinda Mai	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1261	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1216
Research Studio I	1020 (039)	Paola Cabal	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1262	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 215
Research Studio I	1020 (040)	Emily Eddy	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1263	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 216
Research Studio I	1020 (041)	Mathew Wilson	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1287	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 315
Research Studio I	1020 (042)	Kayla Anderson	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1264	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 326
Research Studio I	1020 (043)	Zachary Hutchinson	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1265	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 407
Research Studio I	1020 (044)	Isaac Vazquez	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1266	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 410
Research Studio I	1020 (045)	Shir Ende	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1284	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 332
Research Studio I	1020 (046)	Evan Fusco	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This studio course focuses on themes, practices, contexts, and questions undertaken by contemporary artists and designers. Research Studio I is a course that asks students to begin to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This course engages with cultural institutions including: museums, galleries, libraries and archives as resources of critical engagement. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Assignments in this course are faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary and idea based. The projects are designed to help students recognize their work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Students will experience a wide range of research methods and making strategies. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1285	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 329
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (001)	AJ McClenon	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1273	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 310
English for International Students: English Language Fluency	1021 (001)	Aram Han Sifuentes	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This is the first of two English language fluency courses for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students improve their academic English skills by reading and responding to art appreciation and art history texts. Texts are analyzed for formal as well as contextual information. Students learn how to integrate their own observations and knowledge with information gained from reading and lecture. Students also build competence and confidence in college-level writing. Topics include formal analyses and/or critical responses to works of art. Presentations and class discussions also give students practice communicating their knowledge through speaking.	Class Number 1311	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 818
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (002)	David Lozano	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1274	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1215
English for International Students: English Language Fluency	1021 (002)	Jacqueline M Rasmussen	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This is the first of two English language fluency courses for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students improve their academic English skills by reading and responding to art appreciation and art history texts. Texts are analyzed for formal as well as contextual information. Students learn how to integrate their own observations and knowledge with information gained from reading and lecture. Students also build competence and confidence in college-level writing. Topics include formal analyses and/or critical responses to works of art. Presentations and class discussions also give students practice communicating their knowledge through speaking.	Class Number 1321	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 816
English for International Students: English Language Fluency	1021 (003)	Maryjane Lao Villamor	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is the first of two English language fluency courses for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students improve their academic English skills by reading and responding to art appreciation and art history texts. Texts are analyzed for formal as well as contextual information. Students learn how to integrate their own observations and knowledge with information gained from reading and lecture. Students also build competence and confidence in college-level writing. Topics include formal analyses and/or critical responses to works of art. Presentations and class discussions also give students practice communicating their knowledge through speaking.	Class Number 1312	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 919
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (003)	Tom Burtonwood	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1275	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 407
English for International Students: English Language Fluency	1021 (004)	Deborah S. Hochgesang	Mon 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is the first of two English language fluency courses for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students improve their academic English skills by reading and responding to art appreciation and art history texts. Texts are analyzed for formal as well as contextual information. Students learn how to integrate their own observations and knowledge with information gained from reading and lecture. Students also build competence and confidence in college-level writing. Topics include formal analyses and/or critical responses to works of art. Presentations and class discussions also give students practice communicating their knowledge through speaking.	Class Number 1322	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1427
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (004)	Steven Heyman	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1276	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 310
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (005)	Benjamin Melamed Pearson	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1277	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1215
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (006)	Maria Gaspar	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1278	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 328
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (007)	Laleh Motlagh	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1279	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1216
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (008)	Peter Jorge Fagundo	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1281	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 328
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (009)	Eliza Fernand	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1282	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 407
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (010)	Corey Smith	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1280	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 214
Research Studio I: Transfers	1021 (011)	Ginger Krebs	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course we will focus on the development of artistic research skills for students already engaged in a practice. Students take this required course in order to experience and develop a variety of research methodologies, both conventional and alternative, which include utilizing collections and archives in the School and the extended community. Students will undertake various types of research activities: a) collecting and classification, b) mapping and diagramming, c) systems of measurement, d) social interaction, e) information search systems, f) recording and representation, and g) drawing and other notational systems. Faculty directed, open-media, interdisciplinary, idea based assignments are designed to help students recognize work habits, biases, strengths, and weaknesses. Through this course work students will be able to identify the most productive research methods and making strategies to bolster their emerging studio practice. Critique as an evaluative process used in art and design schools, is a focus in this course. Various methods and models of critique are used in order to give students the tools to discuss their own work and the work of others. Prerequisites Open to Incoming Transfer Students Only	Class Number 1290	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1216
Research Studio II	1022 (003)	Lora Lode	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The course Research Studio II builds on the learning outcomes from Research Studio I, asking students to continue to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This spring the entire Contemporary Practice department will have a shared umbrella topic for our RSII courses: Contemporary Now. All RSII classes will engage with the present and what is happening right now. With the world moving so fast - a pandemic, fires burning across the US west, people marching in the streets across the globe, and the storms that seem to keep coming, it is critical we ask questions of ourselves as artists, designers, educators and cultural producers: What responsibility do we have at any moment in history? How can the diversity of our practices: research, study, making and actions, address the present and design the future we want to see? In RSII courses students will investigate this shared departmental thematic through the intersection of their own practice and the pedagogical practices of their faculty. All RSII classes are interdisciplinary, faculty have provided a subtitle, and a short description to describe the lens through which their class will explore the theme of Contemporary Now. Prerequisites Prerequisite: CP/FIRYR 1020.	Class Number 1198	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 1215
Research Studio II	1022 (004)	Troy Daniel Briggs	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The course Research Studio II builds on the learning outcomes from Research Studio I, asking students to continue to develop and connect their own work and ideas with a diverse range of artists, designers, and communities. This spring the entire Contemporary Practice department will have a shared umbrella topic for our RSII courses: Contemporary Now. All RSII classes will engage with the present and what is happening right now. With the world moving so fast - a pandemic, fires burning across the US west, people marching in the streets across the globe, and the storms that seem to keep coming, it is critical we ask questions of ourselves as artists, designers, educators and cultural producers: What responsibility do we have at any moment in history? How can the diversity of our practices: research, study, making and actions, address the present and design the future we want to see? In RSII courses students will investigate this shared departmental thematic through the intersection of their own practice and the pedagogical practices of their faculty. All RSII classes are interdisciplinary, faculty have provided a subtitle, and a short description to describe the lens through which their class will explore the theme of Contemporary Now. Prerequisites Prerequisite: CP/FIRYR 1020.	Class Number 1199	Credits 3	Department Contemporary Practices Location Sharp 410
English for International Students: Critique	1031 (001)	Annette Elliot-Hogg	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This critique course is offered for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students build competence in giving critiques, participating in class discussions, and giving presentations. Students make artwork to present to the class. They learn and practice the vocabulary of visual and design elements and use these to analyze and critique their own and their classmates' works. Students practice a variety of critique formats by using formal, social-cultural, and expressive theories of art criticism. They discuss and critique works both verbally and in writing.	Class Number 1313	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
English for International Students: Critique	1031 (002)	C. C. Ann Chen	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This critique course is offered for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students build competence in giving critiques, participating in class discussions, and giving presentations. Students make artwork to present to the class. They learn and practice the vocabulary of visual and design elements and use these to analyze and critique their own and their classmates' works. Students practice a variety of critique formats by using formal, social-cultural, and expressive theories of art criticism. They discuss and critique works both verbally and in writing.	Class Number 1323	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
English for International Students: Critique	1031 (003)	Annette Elliot-Hogg	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This critique course is offered for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students build competence in giving critiques, participating in class discussions, and giving presentations. Students make artwork to present to the class. They learn and practice the vocabulary of visual and design elements and use these to analyze and critique their own and their classmates' works. Students practice a variety of critique formats by using formal, social-cultural, and expressive theories of art criticism. They discuss and critique works both verbally and in writing.	Class Number 1314	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
English for International Students: Critique	1031 (004)	Erica R. Mott	Mon 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description This critique course is offered for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students build competence in giving critiques, participating in class discussions, and giving presentations. Students make artwork to present to the class. They learn and practice the vocabulary of visual and design elements and use these to analyze and critique their own and their classmates' works. Students practice a variety of critique formats by using formal, social-cultural, and expressive theories of art criticism. They discuss and critique works both verbally and in writing.	Class Number 1315	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1428
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (001)	Jacqueline M Rasmussen	Thurs 9:45 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1324	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1011
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (002)	Sonia Da Silva	Tues 9:45 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1325	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1011
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (003)	Aram Han Sifuentes	Thurs 12:15 PM - 1:45 PM In Person
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1316	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1011
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (004)	Sonia Da Silva	Tues 12:15 PM - 1:45 PM In Person
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1326	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1011
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (005)	Alicia Castañeda-Lopez	Mon 6:45 PM - 8:15 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1317	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (006)	Alicia Castañeda-Lopez	Wed 6:45 PM - 8:15 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1327	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (007)	Ned Marto	Thurs 4:45 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1318	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1011
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (008)	Ned Marto	Tues 4:45 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1319	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1011
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (009)	David P Norris	Mon 6:45 PM - 8:15 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1328	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (010)	David P Norris	Thurs 6:45 PM - 8:15 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1320	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (013)	Suman Chhabra	Wed 9:45 AM - 11:15 AM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1329	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (014)	Suman Chhabra	Wed 12:15 PM - 1:45 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1330	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (017)	Alicia Castañeda-Lopez	Tues 6:45 PM - 8:15 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1331	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (019)	Aram Han Sifuentes	Tues 12:15 PM - 1:45 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1332	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (020)	Jacqueline M Rasmussen	Fri 12:15 PM - 1:45 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 1333	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (021)	Nat Holtzmann	Tues 6:45 PM - 8:15 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 2482	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
English for International Students: Tutorial	1035 (022)	David P Norris	Mon 4:45 PM - 6:15 PM All Online
Description This class offers small group tutoring for students who do not speak English as their first language. Students meet with an EIS instructor in groups of three for 1 1/2 hours each week. Students receive assistance with their class assignments for Art History, Liberal Arts and Studio classes. Activities may include discussing class concepts, checking comprehension, exploring ideas for papers or projects, revising papers, or practicing pronunciation and presentations.	Class Number 2510	Credits 1.5	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
Printmedia Practices	1101 (001)	Jasper Goodrich	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description How is print fundamental to artistic practice? Students will have two seven-week sections learning fundamentals, exploring ways in which artists utilize processes to facilitate print media based projects. Projects will encourage students to critically examine how print services concept and context both historically and within the contemporary. Each thematic section is anchored in a specific print process aimed to establish skill acquisition and experimentation. Sections in Room 221 and 222 will concentrate on experimental and innovative processes in Screenprinting and Lithography; the section meeting in Room 223 will explore contemporary practices using Relief, etching, monotypes, stencils, and collagraphs. Faculty will conduct process demonstrations, introduce students to a history of practitioners in the graphic arts, and provide supporting readings. Print processes covered may include screen printing, relief, monotypes, photo plate lithography, book arts. Topics will vary but may include the multiple, seriality, editions, public address, progression of collage, and self-publishing. Learning will be aided with visits to the AIC Department of Prints and Drawings and the Joan Flasch Artists Books Collection	Class Number 1598	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 222
Introduction to Performance	1101 (001)	Sungjae Lee	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces the student to a wide spectrum of performance forms including performance in every day life, rituals, folk forms, artists' actions, experimental dance and theatre, activist performance, and intermedia forms. Students learn the history of performance practices, explore theoretical issues , and develop individual and collaborative works. Primarily a beginner's course but open to all levels of students.	Class Number 1563	Credits 3	Department Performance Area of Study Gender and Sexuality Location MacLean 2M
Introduction to Sculptural Practices	1101 (001)	Kelly F. Kaczynski	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to the materials, methods, and concepts of sculpture. We will investigate making in relation to material, time and space. We will consider aspects of sculpture such as meaning, scale, process, social engagement, ephemera and site; and explore the formal properties and expressive potential of materials including mold making and casting, wood, metal and experimental media. We will combine the use of materials and methods with ideas that reflect the history of contemporary sculpture. Demonstrations and authorizations will provide students with experience and technical proficiency in sculptural production while readings and slide lectures venture into the critical discourses of sculpture. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1779	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Public Space, Site, Landscape, Furniture Design Location 280 Building Rm 015
Printmedia Practices	1101 (002)	Frances Lightbound	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description How is print fundamental to artistic practice? Students will have two seven-week sections learning fundamentals, exploring ways in which artists utilize processes to facilitate print media based projects. Projects will encourage students to critically examine how print services concept and context both historically and within the contemporary. Each thematic section is anchored in a specific print process aimed to establish skill acquisition and experimentation. Sections in Room 221 and 222 will concentrate on experimental and innovative processes in Screenprinting and Lithography; the section meeting in Room 223 will explore contemporary practices using Relief, etching, monotypes, stencils, and collagraphs. Faculty will conduct process demonstrations, introduce students to a history of practitioners in the graphic arts, and provide supporting readings. Print processes covered may include screen printing, relief, monotypes, photo plate lithography, book arts. Topics will vary but may include the multiple, seriality, editions, public address, progression of collage, and self-publishing. Learning will be aided with visits to the AIC Department of Prints and Drawings and the Joan Flasch Artists Books Collection	Class Number 1603	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 223
Introduction to Performance	1101 (002)	Joseph Ravens/Rabensdorf	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course introduces the student to a wide spectrum of performance forms including performance in every day life, rituals, folk forms, artists' actions, experimental dance and theatre, activist performance, and intermedia forms. Students learn the history of performance practices, explore theoretical issues , and develop individual and collaborative works. Primarily a beginner's course but open to all levels of students.	Class Number 1568	Credits 3	Department Performance Area of Study Gender and Sexuality Location 280 Building Rm 012
Printmedia Practices	1101 (003)	Marylu Herrera	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description How is print fundamental to artistic practice? Students will have two seven-week sections learning fundamentals, exploring ways in which artists utilize processes to facilitate print media based projects. Projects will encourage students to critically examine how print services concept and context both historically and within the contemporary. Each thematic section is anchored in a specific print process aimed to establish skill acquisition and experimentation. Sections in Room 221 and 222 will concentrate on experimental and innovative processes in Screenprinting and Lithography; the section meeting in Room 223 will explore contemporary practices using Relief, etching, monotypes, stencils, and collagraphs. Faculty will conduct process demonstrations, introduce students to a history of practitioners in the graphic arts, and provide supporting readings. Print processes covered may include screen printing, relief, monotypes, photo plate lithography, book arts. Topics will vary but may include the multiple, seriality, editions, public address, progression of collage, and self-publishing. Learning will be aided with visits to the AIC Department of Prints and Drawings and the Joan Flasch Artists Books Collection	Class Number 1607	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 221
Introduction to Sculptural Practices	1101 (003)	Nyeema Morgan	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to the materials, methods, and concepts of sculpture. We will investigate making in relation to material, time and space. We will consider aspects of sculpture such as meaning, scale, process, social engagement, ephemera and site; and explore the formal properties and expressive potential of materials including mold making and casting, wood, metal and experimental media. We will combine the use of materials and methods with ideas that reflect the history of contemporary sculpture. Demonstrations and authorizations will provide students with experience and technical proficiency in sculptural production while readings and slide lectures venture into the critical discourses of sculpture. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1775	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Public Space, Site, Landscape, Furniture Design Location 280 Building Rm 015
Introduction to Sculptural Practices	1101 (004)		Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to the materials, methods, and concepts of sculpture. We will investigate making in relation to material, time and space. We will consider aspects of sculpture such as meaning, scale, process, social engagement, ephemera and site; and explore the formal properties and expressive potential of materials including mold making and casting, wood, metal and experimental media. We will combine the use of materials and methods with ideas that reflect the history of contemporary sculpture. Demonstrations and authorizations will provide students with experience and technical proficiency in sculptural production while readings and slide lectures venture into the critical discourses of sculpture. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1780	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Public Space, Site, Landscape, Furniture Design Location 280 Building Rm 015
Introduction to Sculptural Practices	1101 (005)	Juan Angel Chavez	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to the materials, methods, and concepts of sculpture. We will investigate making in relation to material, time and space. We will consider aspects of sculpture such as meaning, scale, process, social engagement, ephemera and site; and explore the formal properties and expressive potential of materials including mold making and casting, wood, metal and experimental media. We will combine the use of materials and methods with ideas that reflect the history of contemporary sculpture. Demonstrations and authorizations will provide students with experience and technical proficiency in sculptural production while readings and slide lectures venture into the critical discourses of sculpture. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1781	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Public Space, Site, Landscape, Furniture Design Location 280 Building Rm 023
Introduction to Sculptural Practices	1101 (006)	Dan Price	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to the materials, methods, and concepts of sculpture. We will investigate making in relation to material, time and space. We will consider aspects of sculpture such as meaning, scale, process, social engagement, ephemera and site; and explore the formal properties and expressive potential of materials including mold making and casting, wood, metal and experimental media. We will combine the use of materials and methods with ideas that reflect the history of contemporary sculpture. Demonstrations and authorizations will provide students with experience and technical proficiency in sculptural production while readings and slide lectures venture into the critical discourses of sculpture. Prerequisites Open to Freshmen only.	Class Number 1790	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Public Space, Site, Landscape, Furniture Design Location 280 Building Rm 023
Discussion Section for Advanced Survey of World Art Prehistory to 1850	1101 (01S)		Tues 3:30 PM - 5:00 PM In Person
Description Students will review the materials from the previous week's lecture, both the class's main thematic and conceptual points, and also the names, practices, and places that may be required for quizzes. The TA will also lead workshops in which students exchange ideas about their notebooks, maps, papers, curated projects, or installations. Concurrent Registration with 1353: ARTHI 1001 005: Advanced Survey of World Art From Prehistory to 1850 section required. Prerequisites Concurrent enrollment in ARTHI 1001 Scholars Section required.	Class Number 1058	Credits 0	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 501
Discussion Section for Advanced Survey of World Art Prehistory to 1850	1101 (02S)		Thurs 3:30 PM - 5:00 PM In Person
Description Students will review the materials from the previous week's lecture, both the class's main thematic and conceptual points, and also the names, practices, and places that may be required for quizzes. The TA will also lead workshops in which students exchange ideas about their notebooks, maps, papers, curated projects, or installations. Concurrent Registration with 1353: ARTHI 1001 005: Advanced Survey of World Art From Prehistory to 1850 section required. Prerequisites Concurrent enrollment in ARTHI 1001 Scholars Section required.	Class Number 1059	Credits 0	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 206
Discussion Section for Advanced Survey of World Art Prehistory to 1850	1101 (03S)		Fri 9:45 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description Students will review the materials from the previous week's lecture, both the class's main thematic and conceptual points, and also the names, practices, and places that may be required for quizzes. The TA will also lead workshops in which students exchange ideas about their notebooks, maps, papers, curated projects, or installations. Concurrent Registration with 1353: ARTHI 1001 005: Advanced Survey of World Art From Prehistory to 1850 section required. Prerequisites Concurrent enrollment in ARTHI 1001 Scholars Section required.	Class Number 1104	Credits 0	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 206
Discussion Section for Advanced Survey of World Art Prehistory to 1850	1101 (04S)		Wed 9:45 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description Students will review the materials from the previous week's lecture, both the class's main thematic and conceptual points, and also the names, practices, and places that may be required for quizzes. The TA will also lead workshops in which students exchange ideas about their notebooks, maps, papers, curated projects, or installations. Concurrent Registration with 1353: ARTHI 1001 005: Advanced Survey of World Art From Prehistory to 1850 section required. Prerequisites Concurrent enrollment in ARTHI 1001 Scholars Section required.	Class Number 1105	Credits 0	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Sharp 706
Intro to Writing as Art	1102 (001)	Sally Alatalo	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class serves as an entry into the historical, theoretical and practical concerns of creative writing as an art form in itself and as a vital element of interdisciplinary projects. We explore the possibilities of fiction, non-fiction, poetry, plays and hybrid practices as writing for the page, as well as for performance, sound, installation, and image-based pieces. Readings include diverse examples of genre and form, as well as investigations of literary and thematic terminology. Students generate weekly responses to reading and writing exercises that focus on understanding the mechanics of writing, and are introduced to workshopping techniques and etiquette.	Class Number 1894	Credits 3	Department Writing Location Lakeview - 808
Intro to Writing as Art	1102 (002)	Jenny Magnus	Wed 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description This class serves as an entry into the historical, theoretical and practical concerns of creative writing as an art form in itself and as a vital element of interdisciplinary projects. We explore the possibilities of fiction, non-fiction, poetry, plays and hybrid practices as writing for the page, as well as for performance, sound, installation, and image-based pieces. Readings include diverse examples of genre and form, as well as investigations of literary and thematic terminology. Students generate weekly responses to reading and writing exercises that focus on understanding the mechanics of writing, and are introduced to workshopping techniques and etiquette.	Class Number 1895	Credits 3	Department Writing Location Lakeview - 808
Intro to Writing as Art	1102 (003)	Todd S. Hasak-Lowy	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This class serves as an entry into the historical, theoretical and practical concerns of creative writing as an art form in itself and as a vital element of interdisciplinary projects. We explore the possibilities of fiction, non-fiction, poetry, plays and hybrid practices as writing for the page, as well as for performance, sound, installation, and image-based pieces. Readings include diverse examples of genre and form, as well as investigations of literary and thematic terminology. Students generate weekly responses to reading and writing exercises that focus on understanding the mechanics of writing, and are introduced to workshopping techniques and etiquette.	Class Number 1898	Credits 3	Department Writing Location Lakeview - 808
Intro to Writing as Art	1102 (004)	Kathie Bergquist	Mon 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class serves as an entry into the historical, theoretical and practical concerns of creative writing as an art form in itself and as a vital element of interdisciplinary projects. We explore the possibilities of fiction, non-fiction, poetry, plays and hybrid practices as writing for the page, as well as for performance, sound, installation, and image-based pieces. Readings include diverse examples of genre and form, as well as investigations of literary and thematic terminology. Students generate weekly responses to reading and writing exercises that focus on understanding the mechanics of writing, and are introduced to workshopping techniques and etiquette.	Class Number 2273	Credits 3	Department Writing Location Lakeview - 808
Introduction To Fiber/Material Studies	2000 (001)	Sofía Fernández Díaz	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to a diverse range of textile materials, processes, histories, politics, traditions, and cultures of fiber and their relationships to contemporary art practice. Historical and contemporary approaches to process and materials are explored as students are introduced to a variety of fiber techniques in construction and surface application. Taught technique can include printing, tapestry weaving, immersion and resist dyeing, knitting, crochet, felting, coiling, hand embroidery, machine sewing, piecework, and embellishment. Textiles have rich and complex histories in all cultures. Examples from across time and place will be explored and discussed through visual presentations, assigned readings, in-class discussions, visiting artist lectures, and field trips. By the end of this course, students will become familiar with the formal, conceptual, expressive, and political potential of fiber as an expressive medium with limitless possibilities. Course work will vary but typically includes the creation of technical samples, critique projects, and reading responses.	Class Number 1442	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 902
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (001)	Eric Fleischauer, James Connolly	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1468	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (001)	Eric Fleischauer, James Connolly	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1468	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Introduction To Fiber/Material Studies	2000 (002)	Stacia Laura Yeapanis	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to a diverse range of textile materials, processes, histories, politics, traditions, and cultures of fiber and their relationships to contemporary art practice. Historical and contemporary approaches to process and materials are explored as students are introduced to a variety of fiber techniques in construction and surface application. Taught technique can include printing, tapestry weaving, immersion and resist dyeing, knitting, crochet, felting, coiling, hand embroidery, machine sewing, piecework, and embellishment. Textiles have rich and complex histories in all cultures. Examples from across time and place will be explored and discussed through visual presentations, assigned readings, in-class discussions, visiting artist lectures, and field trips. By the end of this course, students will become familiar with the formal, conceptual, expressive, and political potential of fiber as an expressive medium with limitless possibilities. Course work will vary but typically includes the creation of technical samples, critique projects, and reading responses.	Class Number 1443	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 902
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (002)	Eric Fleischauer, Kera MacKenzie	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1469	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (002)	Eric Fleischauer, Kera MacKenzie	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1469	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Introduction To Fiber/Material Studies	2000 (003)	Vanessa Viruet	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to a diverse range of textile materials, processes, histories, politics, traditions, and cultures of fiber and their relationships to contemporary art practice. Historical and contemporary approaches to process and materials are explored as students are introduced to a variety of fiber techniques in construction and surface application. Taught technique can include printing, tapestry weaving, immersion and resist dyeing, knitting, crochet, felting, coiling, hand embroidery, machine sewing, piecework, and embellishment. Textiles have rich and complex histories in all cultures. Examples from across time and place will be explored and discussed through visual presentations, assigned readings, in-class discussions, visiting artist lectures, and field trips. By the end of this course, students will become familiar with the formal, conceptual, expressive, and political potential of fiber as an expressive medium with limitless possibilities. Course work will vary but typically includes the creation of technical samples, critique projects, and reading responses.	Class Number 1444	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 902
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (003)	Kioto Aoki, Mikey Peterson	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1470	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (003)	Kioto Aoki, Mikey Peterson	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1470	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Introduction To Fiber/Material Studies	2000 (004)	Melissa Leandro	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to a diverse range of textile materials, processes, histories, politics, traditions, and cultures of fiber and their relationships to contemporary art practice. Historical and contemporary approaches to process and materials are explored as students are introduced to a variety of fiber techniques in construction and surface application. Taught technique can include printing, tapestry weaving, immersion and resist dyeing, knitting, crochet, felting, coiling, hand embroidery, machine sewing, piecework, and embellishment. Textiles have rich and complex histories in all cultures. Examples from across time and place will be explored and discussed through visual presentations, assigned readings, in-class discussions, visiting artist lectures, and field trips. By the end of this course, students will become familiar with the formal, conceptual, expressive, and political potential of fiber as an expressive medium with limitless possibilities. Course work will vary but typically includes the creation of technical samples, critique projects, and reading responses.	Class Number 1455	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 902
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (004)	Asya Dubrovina, Parinda Mai	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1484	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (004)	Asya Dubrovina, Parinda Mai	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1484	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Introduction To Fiber/Material Studies	2000 (005)	Kate Smith	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to a diverse range of textile materials, processes, histories, politics, traditions, and cultures of fiber and their relationships to contemporary art practice. Historical and contemporary approaches to process and materials are explored as students are introduced to a variety of fiber techniques in construction and surface application. Taught technique can include printing, tapestry weaving, immersion and resist dyeing, knitting, crochet, felting, coiling, hand embroidery, machine sewing, piecework, and embellishment. Textiles have rich and complex histories in all cultures. Examples from across time and place will be explored and discussed through visual presentations, assigned readings, in-class discussions, visiting artist lectures, and field trips. By the end of this course, students will become familiar with the formal, conceptual, expressive, and political potential of fiber as an expressive medium with limitless possibilities. Course work will vary but typically includes the creation of technical samples, critique projects, and reading responses.	Class Number 1456	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 902
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (005)	Paige Taul, Asya Dubrovina	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1486	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Media Practices: The Moving Image	2000 (005)	Paige Taul, Asya Dubrovina	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the language and histories of the moving image arts and the diverse ways in which artists have contributed to them. Throughout the semester we will examine a range of approaches to creating moving image work. We will compare and contrast established ?norms? with radical and experimental approaches to these various media, leading to an understanding of the rich, complex, and evolving landscape upon which individuals have been making, and continue to make, moving image art. Students will engage with this expanded field through lectures, readings, screenings, meetings with visiting artists as well as becoming active in discussions and practitioners in the field via group projects. Working in small groups, students will complete a series of short projects to introduce them to the various pathways of the department. By the end of the semester, students should have gain basic production and postproduction skills as well a good understanding of the key concepts relevant to contemporary film, video, new media, installation and animation.	Class Number 1486	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 314
Issues in Visual Critical Studies	2001 (001)	Kristi Ann McGuire	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course plunges students into content and ideas that universities often leave until graduate school, as we consider the role played by the 'critical' in 'visual and critical studies.' For the past ten years, it has been referred to as 'a primer for the art world.' It will still, mostly, provide you with a working vocabulary and crash course as to bodies of knowledge integral to the study of visual culture. At the same time, to productively engage in a reflective critique of society and culture, it will consider 'texts' from as diverse and contemporaneous a group of scholars, theorists, critics, and cultural producers as possible, from both inside and outside the academic institution. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 2219	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Theory Location Lakeview - 202
Painting Practice	2001 (001)	Alex Cohen	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1680	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Arch/Inarch: Undergraduate Studio 1	2001 (001)		Mon/Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This two-day core design studio is the introductory course in the Arch/Inarc core studio sequence. Students learn architecture and interior architecture design processes including precedent research, formal analysis, schematic design, and design development, all using the latest software and tools. This course exemplifies the rigorous model of the architecture studio. It encourages design experimentation and provides an analytic framework for developing an advanced understanding of how drawing and model making shape design processes. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ARCH/INARC 1001 or DES OB 1001	Class Number 1027	Credits 6	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Location Sullivan Center 1406B
Fashion Construction I	2001 (001)	Saumitra Shrikant Chandratreya	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers foundational methods of draping, pattern drafting, and construction techniques to build garments. The students learn how to develop a set of slopers, consisting of bodice, sleeve and skirt, combining and integrating draping and pattern drafting methods. Through these methods, the students develop and construct design concepts, first in muslin, then in fabric; stressing the importance of proper fit and craftsmanship. No pre-req. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1426	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 704
Beginning Graphic Design	2001 (001)	Mary Krysinski	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course students explore the principles of visual communication by creating two-dimensional printed comprehensive layouts, and three-dimensional mock-ups. Stress is placed on process and development of solutions to problems; idea and form exploration; research; image and text development; compositional structure and hierarchy; verbal, technical, and hand skills. The course also covers the technical aspects of graphic design such as printing methods, papers, and binding. Students will produce 3?4 finished pieces exploring the use of image and type in both single page format, multi-page format, and possibly three-dimensional format. These projects are to be included in the VCD department's obligatory portfolio review for advancement into the VCD intermediate courses. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 and 2011	Class Number 1846	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1115
Introduction to Sound Practices	2001 (001)	Eric Leonardson	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course will introduce students to basic techniques of working with sound as an artistic material. As a prerequisite for many of the department's upper level offerings, the class is designed to familiarize the student with both the technology and the historical and aesthetic background relevant to our facilities and courses, to the field of 'sound art' and experimental music in general, and to the application of sound in other disciplines (video, film, performance, installations, etc.) Equipment covered will include microphones, mixers, analog and digital audio recorders, signal processors and analog synthesizers. Hard-disk based recording and editing (ProTools) is introduced, but the focus is on more traditional analog studio technology. The physics of sound will be a recurring subject. Examples of music and sound art, created using similar technology to that in our studios, will be played or performed and discussed in class. The listening list will vary according to the instructors' preferences. Readings are similarly set according to the instructors' syllabus: some sections employ more or less reading than others, contact specific instructors for details. Students are expected to use studio time to complete weekly assignments, which are designed to hone technical skills and, in most cases, foster artistic innovation. Some of these projects can incorporate outside resources (such as the student's own computers and recordings), but the emphasis is on mastering the studio.	Class Number 1140	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Digital Communication Location MacLean 420
Survey of Literature I: Medieval to Emily Dickinso	2001 (001)	Irina Ruvinsky	Thurs 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This literature survey examines a great variety of material from the period, giving students a broad sense of the history of literature in English. Readings include some combination of poems, plays, essays, prose narratives, sermons, satires, and letters, by writers ranging from anonymous ballad makers to popular novelists. We will read a range of writers, from stalwarts of the English tradition like Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, Wordsworth, Austen, and Keats to Americans Frederick Douglass, Walt Whitman, and Emily Dickinson, to other lesser-known figures. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1515	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 920
Introduction to Sculptural Practices	2001 (001)	Xi Li	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to the materials, methods, and concepts of sculpture. We will investigate making in relation to material, time and space. We will consider aspects of sculpture such as meaning, scale, process, social engagement, ephemera and site; and explore the formal properties and expressive potential of materials including mold making and casting, wood, metal and experimental media. We will combine the use of materials and methods with ideas that reflect the history of contemporary sculpture. Demonstrations and authorizations will provide students with experience and technical proficiency in sculptural production while readings and slide lectures venture into the critical discourses of sculpture. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Must be a sophomore or above.	Class Number 1769	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Location 280 Building Rm 127
Spanish I	2001 (001)	Sabra Duarte	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description An introductory course in reading, writing, and conversational Spanish. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1555	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 816
Issues in Visual Critical Studies	2001 (001)	Kristi Ann McGuire	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course plunges students into content and ideas that universities often leave until graduate school, as we consider the role played by the 'critical' in 'visual and critical studies.' For the past ten years, it has been referred to as 'a primer for the art world.' It will still, mostly, provide you with a working vocabulary and crash course as to bodies of knowledge integral to the study of visual culture. At the same time, to productively engage in a reflective critique of society and culture, it will consider 'texts' from as diverse and contemporaneous a group of scholars, theorists, critics, and cultural producers as possible, from both inside and outside the academic institution.	Class Number 1832	Credits 3	Department Visual and Critical Studies Area of Study Theory Location Lakeview - 202
Painting Practice	2001 (002)	Larissa Setareh Borteh	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1681	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 325
Arch/Inarch: Undergraduate Studio 1	2001 (002)	Jonathan Solomon	Mon/Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This two-day core design studio is the introductory course in the Arch/Inarc core studio sequence. Students learn architecture and interior architecture design processes including precedent research, formal analysis, schematic design, and design development, all using the latest software and tools. This course exemplifies the rigorous model of the architecture studio. It encourages design experimentation and provides an analytic framework for developing an advanced understanding of how drawing and model making shape design processes. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template. Prerequisites Prerequisite: ARCH/INARC 1001 or DES OB 1001	Class Number 1028	Credits 6	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Location Sullivan Center 1406A
Fashion Construction I	2001 (002)	Janet Kang	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course offers foundational methods of draping, pattern drafting, and construction techniques to build garments. The students learn how to develop a set of slopers, consisting of bodice, sleeve and skirt, combining and integrating draping and pattern drafting methods. Through these methods, the students develop and construct design concepts, first in muslin, then in fabric; stressing the importance of proper fit and craftsmanship. No pre-req. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1427	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 703
Beginning Graphic Design	2001 (002)	Jiwon Son	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course students explore the principles of visual communication by creating two-dimensional printed comprehensive layouts, and three-dimensional mock-ups. Stress is placed on process and development of solutions to problems; idea and form exploration; research; image and text development; compositional structure and hierarchy; verbal, technical, and hand skills. The course also covers the technical aspects of graphic design such as printing methods, papers, and binding. Students will produce 3?4 finished pieces exploring the use of image and type in both single page format, multi-page format, and possibly three-dimensional format. These projects are to be included in the VCD department's obligatory portfolio review for advancement into the VCD intermediate courses. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 and 2011	Class Number 1847	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1214
Introduction to Sound Practices	2001 (002)	Austen Brown	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will introduce students to basic techniques of working with sound as an artistic material. As a prerequisite for many of the department's upper level offerings, the class is designed to familiarize the student with both the technology and the historical and aesthetic background relevant to our facilities and courses, to the field of 'sound art' and experimental music in general, and to the application of sound in other disciplines (video, film, performance, installations, etc.) Equipment covered will include microphones, mixers, analog and digital audio recorders, signal processors and analog synthesizers. Hard-disk based recording and editing (ProTools) is introduced, but the focus is on more traditional analog studio technology. The physics of sound will be a recurring subject. Examples of music and sound art, created using similar technology to that in our studios, will be played or performed and discussed in class. The listening list will vary according to the instructors' preferences. Readings are similarly set according to the instructors' syllabus: some sections employ more or less reading than others, contact specific instructors for details. Students are expected to use studio time to complete weekly assignments, which are designed to hone technical skills and, in most cases, foster artistic innovation. Some of these projects can incorporate outside resources (such as the student's own computers and recordings), but the emphasis is on mastering the studio.	Class Number 1141	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Digital Communication Location MacLean 420
Introduction to Sculptural Practices	2001 (002)	Daniel Gordon Baird	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to the materials, methods, and concepts of sculpture. We will investigate making in relation to material, time and space. We will consider aspects of sculpture such as meaning, scale, process, social engagement, ephemera and site; and explore the formal properties and expressive potential of materials including mold making and casting, wood, metal and experimental media. We will combine the use of materials and methods with ideas that reflect the history of contemporary sculpture. Demonstrations and authorizations will provide students with experience and technical proficiency in sculptural production while readings and slide lectures venture into the critical discourses of sculpture. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Must be a sophomore or above.	Class Number 1793	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Location 280 Building Rm 127
Spanish I	2001 (002)	Sabra Duarte	Wed 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description An introductory course in reading, writing, and conversational Spanish. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1551	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 112
Painting Practice	2001 (003)	Sebastian Thomas	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1682	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 305
Fashion Construction I	2001 (003)	Agnes Hamerlik	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers foundational methods of draping, pattern drafting, and construction techniques to build garments. The students learn how to develop a set of slopers, consisting of bodice, sleeve and skirt, combining and integrating draping and pattern drafting methods. Through these methods, the students develop and construct design concepts, first in muslin, then in fabric; stressing the importance of proper fit and craftsmanship. No pre-req. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1428	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 702
Beginning Graphic Design	2001 (003)	Jiwon Son	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course students explore the principles of visual communication by creating two-dimensional printed comprehensive layouts, and three-dimensional mock-ups. Stress is placed on process and development of solutions to problems; idea and form exploration; research; image and text development; compositional structure and hierarchy; verbal, technical, and hand skills. The course also covers the technical aspects of graphic design such as printing methods, papers, and binding. Students will produce 3?4 finished pieces exploring the use of image and type in both single page format, multi-page format, and possibly three-dimensional format. These projects are to be included in the VCD department's obligatory portfolio review for advancement into the VCD intermediate courses. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 and 2011	Class Number 1866	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1117
Introduction to Sound Practices	2001 (003)	Bonnie Han Jones	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will introduce students to basic techniques of working with sound as an artistic material. As a prerequisite for many of the department's upper level offerings, the class is designed to familiarize the student with both the technology and the historical and aesthetic background relevant to our facilities and courses, to the field of 'sound art' and experimental music in general, and to the application of sound in other disciplines (video, film, performance, installations, etc.) Equipment covered will include microphones, mixers, analog and digital audio recorders, signal processors and analog synthesizers. Hard-disk based recording and editing (ProTools) is introduced, but the focus is on more traditional analog studio technology. The physics of sound will be a recurring subject. Examples of music and sound art, created using similar technology to that in our studios, will be played or performed and discussed in class. The listening list will vary according to the instructors' preferences. Readings are similarly set according to the instructors' syllabus: some sections employ more or less reading than others, contact specific instructors for details. Students are expected to use studio time to complete weekly assignments, which are designed to hone technical skills and, in most cases, foster artistic innovation. Some of these projects can incorporate outside resources (such as the student's own computers and recordings), but the emphasis is on mastering the studio.	Class Number 1142	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Digital Communication Location MacLean 420
Painting Practice	2001 (004)	Michael Cuadrado Gonzalez	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1683	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Fashion Construction I	2001 (004)	Saumitra Shrikant Chandratreya	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers foundational methods of draping, pattern drafting, and construction techniques to build garments. The students learn how to develop a set of slopers, consisting of bodice, sleeve and skirt, combining and integrating draping and pattern drafting methods. Through these methods, the students develop and construct design concepts, first in muslin, then in fabric; stressing the importance of proper fit and craftsmanship. No pre-req. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1429	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 704
Painting Practice	2001 (005)	Tony Santuan Williams	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1684	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 325
Fashion Construction I	2001 (005)		Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers foundational methods of draping, pattern drafting, and construction techniques to build garments. The students learn how to develop a set of slopers, consisting of bodice, sleeve and skirt, combining and integrating draping and pattern drafting methods. Through these methods, the students develop and construct design concepts, first in muslin, then in fabric; stressing the importance of proper fit and craftsmanship. No pre-req. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1435	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 702
Painting Practice	2001 (006)	Peter Jorge Fagundo	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1685	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Fashion Construction I	2001 (006)	Sharon Shoji	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers foundational methods of draping, pattern drafting, and construction techniques to build garments. The students learn how to develop a set of slopers, consisting of bodice, sleeve and skirt, combining and integrating draping and pattern drafting methods. Through these methods, the students develop and construct design concepts, first in muslin, then in fabric; stressing the importance of proper fit and craftsmanship. No pre-req. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1437	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 703
Painting Practice	2001 (007)	Steven Husby	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1686	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 325
Painting Practice	2001 (008)	Alexis de Chaunac	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1687	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Painting Practice	2001 (009)	Charlotte Saylor	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1688	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 325
Painting Practice	2001 (010)	Amanda Joy Calobrisi	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1689	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 321
Painting Practice	2001 (011)	Herman Aguirre	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1690	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Painting Practice	2001 (012)	Erin Washington	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1691	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 325
Painting Practice	2001 (013)	Tyson Reeder	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1692	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Painting Practice	2001 (014)	Jaclyn Gaye Mednicov	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1693	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 305
Painting Practice	2001 (015)	Noah Rorem	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1694	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Painting Practice	2001 (016)		Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1714	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 325
Painting Practice	2001 (017)	Caitlin Cherry	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1716	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Painting Practice	2001 (018)	Kaylee Rae Wyant	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1722	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 325
Painting Practice	2001 (019)	Tyson Reeder	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1726	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 323
Painting Practice	2001 (020)		Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description Painting Practice is an introductory painting course offering. The curriculum addresses basic skills as related to a painting studio practice. Topics and curricular goals include material, facility and technique, space and color, as well as concept. This course is a prerequisite for all Multi-level Painting, Figure Painting and Advanced Painting Studio classes.	Class Number 1727	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 325
Comics	2002 (001)	Johnny Sampson	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1701	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Beginning Etching	2002 (001)	Eliza Myrie	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students are introduced to basic intaglio methods such as drypoint, soft ground, line etch and aqua tint. Use of specific tools and papers is an essential part of the course. Through examples, discussion and demonstrations students will learn to identify and select methods that suit their expressive needs and concepts.	Class Number 2285	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 223
Woven Structure Basics	2002 (001)	Emily Winter	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to floor loom hand weaving through the study of basic weave structures, woven image techniques and fiber types. Traditional and experimental use of material and technique will be used to explore double weaves, painted warps and a variety of hand-manipulated techniques including tapestry, brocade and inlay. Students will study the global histories of woven cloth through a variety of readings, presentations, and class discussions. Works by artists such as Diedrick Brackens, Lenore Tawney, and Gunta Stolzl will be discussed as well as writings by thinkers such as Anni Albers, T'ai Smith, Dieter Hoffman-Axthelm as primary points of departure. Students will study basic weaving draft patterns and will complete independent research into artists and techniques of interest. The conceptual and material considerations of contemporary craft-based art will be a major component of this course. Students will produce 2-6 finished weavings over the course of the semester through their exploration and research of a variety of techniques on 4-harness floor looms.	Class Number 1445	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 1011
Fashion Design I	2002 (001)	Edgar X. Aguilera	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Fashion Design I builds the skills and talents required to achieve creative fashion. This class teaches the design fundamentals of the integrated core fashion design curriculum. Students will engage multiple skills to create individual, visionary, unconventional garments, and later, collections. Through a series of projects, students explore form, silhouette, volume, and research in design to arrive at a personal point-of-view in fashion. This course will specifically ask students to work conceptually and to develop research methodologies in their design work. Based on this inquiry, students generate sketches and surface treatments to refine their unique silhouettes and material manipulations. No prerequisite. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1430	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 703
Image Studio	2002 (001)	Jiwon Son	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Image Studio is a course that challenges students to interpret, critically read text, conceptualize, and assess project parameters to implement design solutions. The creative process is a core focus throughout the assignments. The goal of this course is to explore the process of creating original imagery and visual information. We utilize digital and analog means to create design solutions to projects that also require fundamental explorations with typography. We explore a diverse means of image construction from paper collage to photography and Photoshop manipulation. Form studies examine design basics such as juxtaposition, repetition, and progression as well as the use of metaphor, analogy, and semiotics. The introduction of design context, audience awareness, and sequential narrative is also addressed. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1848	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Digital Imaging Location Sharp 1214
Comics	2002 (002)	Molly Colleen O'Connell	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1702	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Fashion Design I	2002 (002)	Anke Loh	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Fashion Design I builds the skills and talents required to achieve creative fashion. This class teaches the design fundamentals of the integrated core fashion design curriculum. Students will engage multiple skills to create individual, visionary, unconventional garments, and later, collections. Through a series of projects, students explore form, silhouette, volume, and research in design to arrive at a personal point-of-view in fashion. This course will specifically ask students to work conceptually and to develop research methodologies in their design work. Based on this inquiry, students generate sketches and surface treatments to refine their unique silhouettes and material manipulations. No prerequisite. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1431	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 705
Image Studio	2002 (002)	Donald Pollack	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Image Studio is a course that challenges students to interpret, critically read text, conceptualize, and assess project parameters to implement design solutions. The creative process is a core focus throughout the assignments. The goal of this course is to explore the process of creating original imagery and visual information. We utilize digital and analog means to create design solutions to projects that also require fundamental explorations with typography. We explore a diverse means of image construction from paper collage to photography and Photoshop manipulation. Form studies examine design basics such as juxtaposition, repetition, and progression as well as the use of metaphor, analogy, and semiotics. The introduction of design context, audience awareness, and sequential narrative is also addressed. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1849	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Digital Imaging Location Sharp 1213
Comics	2002 (003)	Cecilia Beaven	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1703	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Fashion Design I	2002 (003)	Anke Loh	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Fashion Design I builds the skills and talents required to achieve creative fashion. This class teaches the design fundamentals of the integrated core fashion design curriculum. Students will engage multiple skills to create individual, visionary, unconventional garments, and later, collections. Through a series of projects, students explore form, silhouette, volume, and research in design to arrive at a personal point-of-view in fashion. This course will specifically ask students to work conceptually and to develop research methodologies in their design work. Based on this inquiry, students generate sketches and surface treatments to refine their unique silhouettes and material manipulations. No prerequisite. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1432	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 701
Image Studio	2002 (003)	Donald Pollack	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Image Studio is a course that challenges students to interpret, critically read text, conceptualize, and assess project parameters to implement design solutions. The creative process is a core focus throughout the assignments. The goal of this course is to explore the process of creating original imagery and visual information. We utilize digital and analog means to create design solutions to projects that also require fundamental explorations with typography. We explore a diverse means of image construction from paper collage to photography and Photoshop manipulation. Form studies examine design basics such as juxtaposition, repetition, and progression as well as the use of metaphor, analogy, and semiotics. The introduction of design context, audience awareness, and sequential narrative is also addressed. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101.	Class Number 1850	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Digital Imaging Location Sharp 1213
Comics	2002 (004)	MJ Lounsberry	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1704	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Fashion Design I	2002 (004)	Kristin Mariani	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Fashion Design I builds the skills and talents required to achieve creative fashion. This class teaches the design fundamentals of the integrated core fashion design curriculum. Students will engage multiple skills to create individual, visionary, unconventional garments, and later, collections. Through a series of projects, students explore form, silhouette, volume, and research in design to arrive at a personal point-of-view in fashion. This course will specifically ask students to work conceptually and to develop research methodologies in their design work. Based on this inquiry, students generate sketches and surface treatments to refine their unique silhouettes and material manipulations. No prerequisite. Prerequisites Student must be a freshman or sophomore and have taken Intro to Fashion, Body & Garment	Class Number 1433	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 703
Comics	2002 (005)	Johnny Sampson	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1705	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 308
Comics: From Basics To Print	2002 (006)	Sara Varon	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course, students will cover the basics of comics from A to Z, with a focus on printed comics. The class will start with technical aspects including drawing materials, composition, dialogue, lettering, panels, and framing. We will then discuss story-writing including character creation, setting, and plot. In the last several weeks, students will create their own 8 page comic, moving from thumbnails to pencils to final art. Finally, students will design a cover (to be printed on the Risograph,) lay out their comic in InDesign, print out multiple copies of their comic, and assemble their own mini-comic.	Class Number 1706	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Comics: Graphic Journalism	2002 (007)	Anya Pauline Davidson	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description For over a century, illustrators have used the comics medium to document current events and disseminate information, but due to globalization, the ascent of the graphic novel and the birth of the internet, the practice is now more vital than ever. From global conflicts to cultural events, cartoonists are documenting the defining moments of our era as they happen, and are creating works that help readers comprehend the complex historical, political and cultural forces shaping our world. In this class, students will read classic works of graphic journalism, learn best practices for artists in the field, and create their own short works that explore various aspects of contemporary life in Chicago and beyond.	Class Number 1707	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Comics: Fiction Comics	2002 (008)	Marnie Galloway	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course focuses on developing and refining the writing and cartooning skills required to make short fiction comics. In this class we will explore the rhythms of literary storytelling, discuss the formal elements of comics, develop composition and inking skills, create short comics to build foundations of comics storytelling, and finish the semester by self-publishing a collection of the comics we made through the semester. Required readings supplement the studio assignments, which will include short fiction comics, poems, flash fiction, and excerpts from graphic novels.	Class Number 1708	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Comics: The Mechanics of Visual Storytelling	2002 (009)	Sam Sharpe	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1709	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 308
Comics: Remote	2002 (010)	Aaron Renier	Thurs 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM All Online
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1715	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location Online
Comics	2002 (011)	Sam Sharpe	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1728	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Comics:Advanced	2002 (012)	Jeremy R Tinder	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1729	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 306
Comics	2002 (013)		Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description The Department of Painting and Drawing offers a wide variety of comics courses, ranging from traditional to experimental methods and techniques. Each course is designed to focus on a specific area of comics production. To learn more about the topic of a specific comics course in which you are interested, please review the course description for that particular class.	Class Number 1730	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 308
Slow Photo	2003 (001)	Monika Niwelinska	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course invites students with a foundational knowledge of photography to expand their image-making practices through hands-on, experimental techniques. Exploring cyanotype, van dyke brown, collage, reproduction, and transfer methods, students gain a working understanding of graphic arts and print films. The course encourages curiosity, independent research, and creative risk-taking, with opportunities to integrate text, installation, and performance. Emphasizing process and material exploration, Slow Photo fosters a deeper engagement with photography beyond the digital, embracing time-intensive approaches that challenge conventional image-making. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1574	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 206
Beginning Lithography	2003 (001)	Jess Giffin	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course students are introduced to stone lithography. Through this planographic printing process it is possible to translate hand-drawn and hand-painted images into multiples and/or multi-color pieces. Emphasis is placed on gaining a thorough understanding of the techniques and principles of lithography through class demonstrations, instruction, individual projects, discussion and critiques.	Class Number 1599	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 221
Color	2003 (001)	Jo Hormuth	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course will provide a hands-on introduction to the fundamental understanding and use of color. Students will gain practical experience working with material color in order to improve their understanding of how color works. Assignments will be introduced in class to help students develop a working knowledge of the basic concepts of hue, value, and chroma, and the relationship between these concepts and those of color harmony and organization. By working with color in context students will gain a practical understanding of color interaction and develop strategies for approaching color with greater sophistication and specificity in their own practice. In addition to our investigations with color in the classroom, this course will examine the ways in which artists and scholars have worked with color art historically as a medium of expression, and thought about color scientifically as an index of an underlying natural order, as well as culturally as a system of signs reflecting our biases back to us to be interpreted. Reliable perceptual phenomena like simultaneous contrast and afterimages will be considered alongside more unstable notions like synesthesia and color music, as well as the complicated history of thinking about color as evidence of that which is ?other.? Course work will include exercises to help students develop their approach to color, and a final project in which they put their understanding to work.	Class Number 1710	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Graphic Design, Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 308
Movement and Presence: The Body as Site	2003 (001)	Ginger Krebs	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Body As Site is a laboratory for body-based research. Students will be guided to expand the range of ways they move and the kinds of presence they can bring to live art by experimenting with balance, breath, vision, speed, continuity/interruption, and more. The class also introduces research and compositional strategies for generating and developing movement for performance. Working back and forth between improvisational and choreographic modes, students will develop projects that further their individual interests and goals. Course work includes compositional games like the Viewpoints and somatic practices like contact improvisation and butoh. We will look at work by artists including Milka Djordjevich, Tatsumi Hijikata, Tere O?Connor, Okwui Okpokwasili and Jacolby Satterwhite, and documentaries like Paris Is Burning, Pina and Rize. Occasionally short readings will be assigned by writers like Eugenio Barba, Coco Fusco or Susan Rethorst. Students will build performances by responding to objects, sites, rhythms, human collaborators and local live performances. By the end of the semester, students will have presented three substantial performances for critique, and produced many in-class ?micro-performances?- nearly one per week.	Class Number 2155	Credits 3	Department Performance Location 280 Building Rm 012
Arabic I	2003 (001)	Wael Fawzy	Tues 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description Arabic I ???? is a fully integrated introductory course for students with no background in the language. The course is designed for beginning students whose learning objectives and needs are in any of the following categories: continued language study, business purposes, or travel. Students will learn to speak and understand Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) and read and write Arabic script. Students will develop speaking and listening skills through audiovisual media, interactive fun activities, and paired dialogue practices. There will be a strong emphasis on oral proficiency needed to provide the necessary framework to communicate clearly and effectively. These objectives will be achieved through the following approaches: speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural studies. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1558	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 816
Beginning Lithography	2003 (002)	Thuong Tran	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course students are introduced to stone lithography. Through this planographic printing process it is possible to translate hand-drawn and hand-painted images into multiples and/or multi-color pieces. Emphasis is placed on gaining a thorough understanding of the techniques and principles of lithography through class demonstrations, instruction, individual projects, discussion and critiques.	Class Number 1620	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 221
Color	2003 (002)	Steven Husby	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course will provide a hands-on introduction to the fundamental understanding and use of color. Students will gain practical experience working with material color in order to improve their understanding of how color works. Assignments will be introduced in class to help students develop a working knowledge of the basic concepts of hue, value, and chroma, and the relationship between these concepts and those of color harmony and organization. By working with color in context students will gain a practical understanding of color interaction and develop strategies for approaching color with greater sophistication and specificity in their own practice. In addition to our investigations with color in the classroom, this course will examine the ways in which artists and scholars have worked with color art historically as a medium of expression, and thought about color scientifically as an index of an underlying natural order, as well as culturally as a system of signs reflecting our biases back to us to be interpreted. Reliable perceptual phenomena like simultaneous contrast and afterimages will be considered alongside more unstable notions like synesthesia and color music, as well as the complicated history of thinking about color as evidence of that which is ?other.? Course work will include exercises to help students develop their approach to color, and a final project in which they put their understanding to work.	Class Number 1711	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Graphic Design, Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 308
Print for Fabric and Alternative Materials I	2004 (001)	Jess Atieno Ounga	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course, a wide range of processes for screenprinting onto fabric and alternative substrates are demonstrated, including the use of textile inks, fiber reactive dyes, resist and discharge, and heat transfers of foils and disperse dyes. Students will use hand drawn, computer generated, and photographic images to explore foundational screen print techniques and concepts such as monoprinting, multiples, color relationships, composition, and basic repeat patterns. Interdisciplinary and experimental uses of the printed surface are encouraged throughout the development of personal research and practice. The class is augmented by relevant lectures, readings and visits to AIC, artist studios and galleries. Students present finished and in-process works at three critiques throughout the semester.	Class Number 1454	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 905
Beginning Relief Printing	2004 (001)	Jasper Goodrich	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students learn traditional and experimental approaches to relief printmaking. Techniques covered are woodcut, linocut, wood engraving, relief etching, monoprints, and other press and hand-printing relief processes.	Class Number 1616	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 223
Form and Meaning	2004 (001)	Paige Taul	Thurs 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description Form and Meaning is a rigorous investigation of the art of moving image editing and provides a historical and theoretical understanding of both classical film editing and newer modes and models of editing and perception. The course provides a working foundation and framework. A close reading of films will train the student in the core aesthetic decisions, structures, strategies and demands of editing cinematic works. In addition, we will look at examples and discuss how editing functions for the installation artist, and further, how the Internet, New Media, television and video art have made an impact on concepts surrounding editing. Weekly readings will expand on the work presented in class. Students should expect to research and write both a midterm and final papers as well as a few short responses to works presented in class. Form and Meaning is a theory-based seminar and is not designed to offer critique for works in progress. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000	Class Number 1472	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Public Space, Site, Landscape, Social Media and the Web Location MacLean 517
Form and Meaning	2004 (002)	Fernando Saldivia Yáñez	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Form and Meaning is a rigorous investigation of the art of moving image editing and provides a historical and theoretical understanding of both classical film editing and newer modes and models of editing and perception. The course provides a working foundation and framework. A close reading of films will train the student in the core aesthetic decisions, structures, strategies and demands of editing cinematic works. In addition, we will look at examples and discuss how editing functions for the installation artist, and further, how the Internet, New Media, television and video art have made an impact on concepts surrounding editing. Weekly readings will expand on the work presented in class. Students should expect to research and write both a midterm and final papers as well as a few short responses to works presented in class. Form and Meaning is a theory-based seminar and is not designed to offer critique for works in progress. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000	Class Number 1490	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Public Space, Site, Landscape, Social Media and the Web Location MacLean 517
Throwing: Multilevel	2005 (001)	Liz McCarthy	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This multilevel class is for students with or without experience in wheel throwing. Beginning students are introduced to ideas, materials and techniques for throwing vessels. They acquire the necessary skills to construct and analyze a wide range of vessel forms. Intermediate and advanced students continue their individual development of throwing, glazing and firing kilns. Course discussions focus on issues around the vessel to acquire critical understanding of containers and their functions, as well as using the wheel as a means for constructing sculptural forms.	Class Number 1193	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M153
Sketching for Designed Objects	2005 (001)	Zachary Manuel	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will provide the student with the skills to create design concept sketches (ideation/thinking) that will communicate with the viewer and visualize the design concept as a design object using sketch renderings to define and communicate the object's form and function. Instructions will focus on freehand marker sketching for ideation/thumbnails, shading, form development and rendering, followed by orthographic projection (measured technical drawing) and two-point perspective. Each of these skills will be demonstrated in class and on a one to one basis during the semester In each class I will share design drawings from my collection that show a history of sketching styles for presentations using Prismacolor Pencils and NuPastels to markers, along with marker drawings for clients that I and other designers have created in product, packaging and display projects. These presentations will also be used to lecture on the history of design drawing styles and techniques. Students will be given three design projects in which they will go through the design process of starting with ideation sketches, followed by design selection, renderings and an orthographic drawing of the final design. The first project focuses on the development of forms, the next two projects have an emphasis on ideas and drawing skills. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1292	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1241
Stitch	2005 (001)	JeeYeun Lee	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores various approaches to altering, enriching, and transforming the surface of pliable materials and forms. Emphasis is on the surface treatment and its relationship to structure while using conventional and non-conventional materials. Students work with a broad range of hand and machine stitching techniques that can include embroidery, embellishment, piecing, quilting, applique, and working with treatments like paints, dyes, adhesives, and collage. Special attention is paid to the histories of these techniques and how they are being utilized in contemporary art. Technical demonstrations, assigned readings, group discussions, lectures and field trips will augment student learning. The course is structured to support students in the development of their studio arts practice by equipping them with a variety of technical skills and encouraging them to pursue projects driven by their own formal, material, and conceptual concerns. Individual and group critiques are integral to the course. Course work will vary but typically includes the creation of samples, critique projects, and reading responses.	Class Number 1446	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 1014
Beginning Screenprinting	2005 (001)	Nia Easley	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course, students acquire technical proficiency in the various stencil printing methods. Individual exploration and development in the medium is encouraged and supported by individual instruction and group critiques.	Class Number 1600	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 222
Sonics and Optics	2005 (001)	Kioto Aoki	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Sonics and Optics is an intensive study of lenses, optics, sensors, stocks, materials, laboratory processes, microphones, and recorders as essential tools in film/video making. Throughout the semester students will learn the fundamentals of a lens (focal length, aperture), its relationship to the camera (shutter, ISO), and aesthetic options available. The course will offer the same immersive perspective of sound technologies; including choosing microphones (stereo, cardioid, shotgun, contact, etc), recording options (sound device, field recorder, mixing board), and methods of field recording. This course is an essential technical base for all advanced moving image work. In-class screenings of films and videos and weekly readings will expand on the technical workshops at the core of the course. Students should expect to complete a series of quick technical exercises as well as a more in depth final project. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000	Class Number 1473	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Game Design, Digital Imaging, Animation Location MacLean 1304
Shape And Theory In Garments	2005 (001)	Benjamin Larose	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Explorations in the design of 'experimental' garments using the basic elements of mass, volume, form and motion. Rather than concerning themselves with current design trends or regular fashion problems, students emphasize bodies as forms in motion or as moving sculpture.	Class Number 1414	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design, Community & Social Engagement Location Sullivan Center 723
Woodworking	2005 (001)		Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students are introduced to the fundamental principles and practices of woodworking through lectures, demonstrations, and projects.	Class Number 1783	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Furniture Design Location 280 Building Rm 023
French I	2005 (001)	Elizabeth Chalier-Visuvalingam	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description An introductory course in reading, writing and conversational French. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1556	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 206
Sketching for Designed Objects	2005 (002)	Hector Silva	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course will provide the student with the skills to create design concept sketches (ideation/thinking) that will communicate with the viewer and visualize the design concept as a design object using sketch renderings to define and communicate the object's form and function. Instructions will focus on freehand marker sketching for ideation/thumbnails, shading, form development and rendering, followed by orthographic projection (measured technical drawing) and two-point perspective. Each of these skills will be demonstrated in class and on a one to one basis during the semester In each class I will share design drawings from my collection that show a history of sketching styles for presentations using Prismacolor Pencils and NuPastels to markers, along with marker drawings for clients that I and other designers have created in product, packaging and display projects. These presentations will also be used to lecture on the history of design drawing styles and techniques. Students will be given three design projects in which they will go through the design process of starting with ideation sketches, followed by design selection, renderings and an orthographic drawing of the final design. The first project focuses on the development of forms, the next two projects have an emphasis on ideas and drawing skills. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1300	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1407
Sonics and Optics	2005 (002)	Daniele Wilmouth	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Sonics and Optics is an intensive study of lenses, optics, sensors, stocks, materials, laboratory processes, microphones, and recorders as essential tools in film/video making. Throughout the semester students will learn the fundamentals of a lens (focal length, aperture), its relationship to the camera (shutter, ISO), and aesthetic options available. The course will offer the same immersive perspective of sound technologies; including choosing microphones (stereo, cardioid, shotgun, contact, etc), recording options (sound device, field recorder, mixing board), and methods of field recording. This course is an essential technical base for all advanced moving image work. In-class screenings of films and videos and weekly readings will expand on the technical workshops at the core of the course. Students should expect to complete a series of quick technical exercises as well as a more in depth final project. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000	Class Number 1474	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Game Design, Digital Imaging, Animation Location MacLean 1304
French I	2005 (002)	Elizabeth Chalier-Visuvalingam	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description An introductory course in reading, writing and conversational French. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1557	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 206
The Anthropocene	2006 (001)	Oliver Sann	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description 'The Anthropocene' is the name of the new geological epoch, proposing that the human species has become the single most dominant agent of change affecting the Earth's ecosystems. Photography plays in this context a pivotal role and goal of this class is to promote different photographic experiences on land- and cityscapes of the Anthropocene. Collaborative work and access to different material forms, laboratories, analog and digital photographic media as well as scholarship and first-person testimony on health, race, politics and aesthetics, will help generate diverse perspectives on the entangled realities of the world and the complex human-natural systems. Questions of environmental justice and environmental ethics will take center stage in this class.	Class Number 1595	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Economic Inequality & Class, Digital Imaging, Art and Science Location 280 Building Rm 216
Accessory Design	2006 (001)	William Walton	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this workshop, students create various accessories from original ideas. This program is divided into projects such as the design and construction of embellished evening bags, summer totes, gloves, costume jewelry, and millinery. Emphasis is placed on references to history of individual accessories and developing collections of illustrations in color.	Class Number 1400	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1230
Papermaking I	2007 (001)	Angela Davis Fegan	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description This course will introduce hand papermaking as an art form using contemporary and traditional techniques. You will utilize and develop techniques and skills that are unique to this medium. We will focus on a range of fibers that have differing characteristics that can exemplify content investigation. We will be reviewing many artists work for their use of material in conjunction with concepts pursued. This will include flat works, sculptural, installation, etc. - some will be actual works brought in to the classroom for a close up examination of process and idea. Students will create a range of experimental works with the medium and produce a final body of self-directed work that will all be reviewed during 3 participatory group critiques.	Class Number 1450	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 1014
Beginning Fashion Illustration	2007 (001)	Dijana Granov	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course develops drawing skills with an emphasis on figure gesture and proportion along with a wide range of media. Students are taught to sketch from a live model while communicating design concepts in clothing with style and expression.	Class Number 1401	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design, Illustration Location Sullivan Center 734
Beginning Fashion Illustration	2007 (002)	Donald Yoshida	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course develops drawing skills with an emphasis on figure gesture and proportion along with a wide range of media. Students are taught to sketch from a live model while communicating design concepts in clothing with style and expression.	Class Number 1402	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design, Illustration Location Sullivan Center 734
Beginning Fashion Illustration	2007 (003)	Laura Mae Noble	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course develops drawing skills with an emphasis on figure gesture and proportion along with a wide range of media. Students are taught to sketch from a live model while communicating design concepts in clothing with style and expression.	Class Number 2388	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design, Illustration Location Sullivan Center 734
Arch/Inarch: Color and Space	2008 (001)	Stephanie Slaughter	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This one-day studio focuses on colors infinite influence on the human experience and the lived environment. Color interpretation and cultural connectivity will enable students through rigorous representation techniques, and experiments develop a personal color sensibility. Color palettes are examined to distinguish critical and creative thinking in design. Color Theory is studied to identify atmosphere and spaces that affect each of us both psychologically and physiologically. Principles of color usage is explored, how it effects form, light and material. Some relevant topics we will study include Color and Culture, how people experience their environment through the senses, time, emotions and spatial awareness. Color and Light inseparable partners in the process of perception forming part of the overall design of space. Color, Material and Structure (CMS) are experienced through two important senses, sight and touch. The effectiveness of CMS in design depends upon its relationship to form, also recognizing that materials and finishes, whether glass, granite or paint, contribute color to all space. Some scholars we will study include Josef Albers, Albert Munsell, and Joann and Arielle Eckstut. The deliverables for the class are precedent research, in-class assignments, relevant readings, Mid-term Project presentation and Final Studio Project presentation at the site presented to the clients.	Class Number 1029	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Location Sullivan Center 1241
Mold Making and Casting	2008 (001)	Stephen Reber	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers instruction in various methods of casting, including simple plaster molds, hydrocal-cement casts, simple body casts, thermal-setting rubber molds, wax, terra cotta, and paper casting. Students are advised to bring objects they desire to cast. (No hot metal casting in this course.)	Class Number 1771	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Location 280 Building Rm 030
Chinese I	2008 (001)	Marie Meiying Jiang	Tues 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM All Online
Description Chinese I is designed for beginners who take Chinese as a foreign language. Students who speak Chinese as their native language are not allowed to attend this course. Students who have taken Chinese study in the past are required to take the evaluation test and gain approval of the instructor to enroll. Students will study the Chinese Mandarin sound system PIN YIN, the basic strokes from the Chinese Calligraphy, Chinese numbers, common Chinese Radicals and Lessons 1-5 of <> (Level 1 Part 1). Students can speak and write systematically more than 150 essential vocabulary words, master the key grammatical structures, build the real-life communicative skills. They will also write and tell a story about themselves and their interests on Chinese paper utilizing 150 characters. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1552	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Online
Chinese I	2008 (002)	Junming Han	Thurs 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description Chinese I is designed for beginners who take Chinese as a foreign language. Students who speak Chinese as their native language are not allowed to attend this course. Students who have taken Chinese study in the past are required to take the evaluation test and gain approval of the instructor to enroll. Students will study the Chinese Mandarin sound system PIN YIN, the basic strokes from the Chinese Calligraphy, Chinese numbers, common Chinese Radicals and Lessons 1-5 of <> (Level 1 Part 1). Students can speak and write systematically more than 150 essential vocabulary words, master the key grammatical structures, build the real-life communicative skills. They will also write and tell a story about themselves and their interests on Chinese paper utilizing 150 characters. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1553	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 205
German I	2009 (001)	Kimberly Kenny	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description An introductory course in reading, writing, and conversational German. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1554	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 919
Medium Format	2009 (001)	Galit Julia Aloni	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Explore the history, methods, and creative potential of medium format film photography. In this course, students will work with medium format cameras, experimenting with black-and-white and color film. Through guided instruction, they will learn film development techniques and both analog and digital printing methods. By combining traditional and experimental approaches, students will expand their photographic practice and deepen their understanding of the medium. Prerequisites Prerequisite: 3 credits of PHOTO 1000 level courses.	Class Number 1590	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging Location 280 Building Rm 207
Carving	2009 (001)	Johnny Doley	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to introduce students to the basic techniques of subtractive sculpture. Students will be encouraged to develop an innovative body of work within a material based format. A wide range of carving techniques and materials will be introduced. Historical models will provide vocabulary for understanding methodology and ideas. In class presentations will also acquaint students with artists who approach carving within postmodern ideologies. New technologies such as laser cutting will be introduced. A directed and productive approach to studio practice will be cultivated.	Class Number 1772	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Furniture Design Location 280 Building Rm 015
Vessel Construction	2010 (001)	Jonathan Kusnerek	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course investigates both on and off-wheel construction techniques. It will explore wheel throwing and various hand building techniques such as: extruding, coil, slab, pinch, slump, and press molding-to produce interpretations of the vessel in contemporary society. The vessel as an enclosure of space is the departure point for discussions that include historical references in a contemporary context, the personal metaphor, and the generation of conceptual and aesthetic development beyond the utilitarian format.	Class Number 1190	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M152
Color	2010 (001)	Rachel Herman	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course explores the intricate concepts and practices of color photography, integrating perception, science, and cultural significance. Students refine their ability to see and interpret color through hands-on projects, peer critique, and historical and theoretical discussions. Technical instruction includes image capture, color correction, light quality, printing across various scales and media, and presentation strategies. Through these explorations, students deepen their understanding of color¿s role in shaping meaning and photographic expression. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1575	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 215
Creative Process as Art Therapy	2010 (001)	Suellen Semekoski	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is an entry-level experiential class which explores and implements concepts from art therapy and related fields. The course presents a blend of approaches including Eastern traditions, Jungian psychology, and other sources. Studio work and writing will be used as tools to understand and cultivate the discipline of self-awareness. The class will be structured as a community of participants engaging in and studying the phenomenon of the creative process. Each class meeting will involve art making and writing as well as discussion of ideas based on readings and experiences. This course is for anyone wanting to explore the relationship between art and life, self, other, and community in experiential and theoretical ways within an art therapy framework. It will be of value to those considering working with others using art, such as teachers or art therapists, as well as for those who may wish to establish art and/or writing as a form of practice and discipline in their lives. Open to all students.	Class Number 1117	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Area of Study Community & Social Engagement Location Sharp 402
Color	2010 (002)	Sonja Ruth Thomsen	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores the intricate concepts and practices of color photography, integrating perception, science, and cultural significance. Students refine their ability to see and interpret color through hands-on projects, peer critique, and historical and theoretical discussions. Technical instruction includes image capture, color correction, light quality, printing across various scales and media, and presentation strategies. Through these explorations, students deepen their understanding of color¿s role in shaping meaning and photographic expression. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1576	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 216
Creative Process as Art Therapy	2010 (002)	Joanne Ramseyer	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is an entry-level experiential class which explores and implements concepts from art therapy and related fields. The course presents a blend of approaches including Eastern traditions, Jungian psychology, and other sources. Studio work and writing will be used as tools to understand and cultivate the discipline of self-awareness. The class will be structured as a community of participants engaging in and studying the phenomenon of the creative process. Each class meeting will involve art making and writing as well as discussion of ideas based on readings and experiences. This course is for anyone wanting to explore the relationship between art and life, self, other, and community in experiential and theoretical ways within an art therapy framework. It will be of value to those considering working with others using art, such as teachers or art therapists, as well as for those who may wish to establish art and/or writing as a form of practice and discipline in their lives. Open to all students.	Class Number 1118	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Area of Study Community & Social Engagement Location Sharp 404
Black and White	2011 (001)	Nathan Miller	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores the techniques and aesthetics of black and white photography, from exposure to final prints. Students will develop skills in analog darkroom and inkjet printing, contrast control, lighting techniques, and the impact of scale, paper, and film choices. Hands-on projects and darkroom experimentation will deepen technical abilities and creative expression. An adjustable film camera is required. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1577	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 206
Intro to Games and Immersive Media	2011 (001)	Kristin McWharter	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description A class to develop games and immersive media experiences that reflect your creative voice. Over 15 weeks, ¿Intro to Games and Immersive Media¿ introduces a broad range of analog and digital game design techniques spanning from table top to virtual reality games. This course introduces students to game-making as a form of artistic practice, teaching foundational techniques and tools to develop analog and digital games that reflect their own creative voice and vision. No previous game-making skills are required, but students with an interest in games, or augmented and virtual reality technologies, will be guided through aesthetic and technical foundations in various aspects of game design and immersive media. By the end of the semester, students will have created complete games or immersive media artworks ready to present in their portfolio. Readings and screenings will vary but typically include Mary Flanagan, Eric Zimmerman and Katie Salen Tekinbas. Course work will vary but typically includes weekly reading responses, a mid-term, and a group final project. Students can expect to complete several exercises that explore a number of gaming media including working with game engines such as Unity or Unreal, character development and animation and motion capture. Students will complete a final culminating project in the form of a game or immersive media artwork.	Class Number 2268	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Digital Imaging Location MacLean 402
Beginning Typography	2011 (001)	Martha Chiplis	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course explores typography's impact on language to create meaning, organization and tone. Students experiment in typographic composition and page structure with special regard to the flow and rupture of different text types and reading scenarios. Students learn the technical aspects of typography (specification and copyfitting), methods for composing dynamic multipage formats (combining digital and analog), and contexts (both historical and structural) for understanding the vast repository of typefaces. This course is a core requirement for the Visual Communication Design portfolio review. The framing text for this class is Ellen Lupton's Thinking with Type. But students will be introduced to numerous examples from the history of (predominantly Western) letterforms and concretized language. Understanding these historical forms in their contexts will reveal the logic behind the modern classification of digital type. Students produce weekly type projects which are critiqued and handed in as three project sets. The first set analyses letterforms, structurally and then programmatically. The next project set covers text setting and typographic compositions of increasing semantic and syntactic complexity. The last project is a multilingual, illustrated book layout where students engage the fundamental concept of 'structured variety' over a series of pages. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101. Corequisite: VISCOM 2012.	Class Number 1851	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Digital Communication, Graphic Design, Books and Publishing Location Sharp 1117
Black and White	2011 (002)	Jan Tichy	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores the techniques and aesthetics of black and white photography, from exposure to final prints. Students will develop skills in analog darkroom and inkjet printing, contrast control, lighting techniques, and the impact of scale, paper, and film choices. Hands-on projects and darkroom experimentation will deepen technical abilities and creative expression. An adjustable film camera is required. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1578	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 206
Beginning Typography	2011 (002)	Jiwon Son	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course explores typography's impact on language to create meaning, organization and tone. Students experiment in typographic composition and page structure with special regard to the flow and rupture of different text types and reading scenarios. Students learn the technical aspects of typography (specification and copyfitting), methods for composing dynamic multipage formats (combining digital and analog), and contexts (both historical and structural) for understanding the vast repository of typefaces. This course is a core requirement for the Visual Communication Design portfolio review. The framing text for this class is Ellen Lupton's Thinking with Type. But students will be introduced to numerous examples from the history of (predominantly Western) letterforms and concretized language. Understanding these historical forms in their contexts will reveal the logic behind the modern classification of digital type. Students produce weekly type projects which are critiqued and handed in as three project sets. The first set analyses letterforms, structurally and then programmatically. The next project set covers text setting and typographic compositions of increasing semantic and syntactic complexity. The last project is a multilingual, illustrated book layout where students engage the fundamental concept of 'structured variety' over a series of pages. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101. Corequisite: VISCOM 2012.	Class Number 1852	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Digital Communication, Graphic Design, Books and Publishing Location Sharp 1117
Black and White	2011 (003)	Oliver Sann	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores the techniques and aesthetics of black and white photography, from exposure to final prints. Students will develop skills in analog darkroom and inkjet printing, contrast control, lighting techniques, and the impact of scale, paper, and film choices. Hands-on projects and darkroom experimentation will deepen technical abilities and creative expression. An adjustable film camera is required. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1587	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 207
Beginning Typography	2011 (003)	Mary Krysinski	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course explores typography's impact on language to create meaning, organization and tone. Students experiment in typographic composition and page structure with special regard to the flow and rupture of different text types and reading scenarios. Students learn the technical aspects of typography (specification and copyfitting), methods for composing dynamic multipage formats (combining digital and analog), and contexts (both historical and structural) for understanding the vast repository of typefaces. This course is a core requirement for the Visual Communication Design portfolio review. The framing text for this class is Ellen Lupton's Thinking with Type. But students will be introduced to numerous examples from the history of (predominantly Western) letterforms and concretized language. Understanding these historical forms in their contexts will reveal the logic behind the modern classification of digital type. Students produce weekly type projects which are critiqued and handed in as three project sets. The first set analyses letterforms, structurally and then programmatically. The next project set covers text setting and typographic compositions of increasing semantic and syntactic complexity. The last project is a multilingual, illustrated book layout where students engage the fundamental concept of 'structured variety' over a series of pages. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1001 or VISCOM 1101. Corequisite: VISCOM 2012.	Class Number 1865	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Digital Communication, Graphic Design, Books and Publishing Location Sharp 1117
20th Century Art Under Dictatorship	2012 (001)		Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This class offers one survey of how artists have responded and adapted to moments of severe political, economic, and social uncertainty. Some, like Albert Speer in Nazi Germany and Antonio Ferro of the Estado Novo in Portugal proudly shaped the images of dictatorial regimes. Others, like Pablo Picasso, created works that spoke to the horrors committed under Francisco Franco of Spain; others, like Malangatana Ngwenya, made drawings while imprisoned and awaiting trial. We will look at a spectrum of artists whose responses to their circumstances vary widely. Together, we ask: how does one cultivate and protect free expression? How do we historicize art made during moments of crisis, censorship, and severe oppression? Each week, we will concentrate on a particular time and regime within the twentieth century across five continents. We will begin in Ancient Rome to explore the concept of the dictator perpetuo, and will explore one regime per week in the following countries: Brazil, Portugal, Spain, Italy, the Soviet Union, Germany, Cuba, Cambodia, North Korea, China, and Sudan. Texts will primarily consist of primary sources, artist interviews, documentaries and art-historical articles and book chapters. Secondary texts include Mary Beard's 'Twelve Caesars: Images of Power from the Ancient World to the Modern' (2021); Claudia Calirman's 'Brazilian Art Under Dictatorship: Antonio Manuel, Artur Barrio, and Cildo Meireles' (2012), and Douglas Gabriel's 'Over the Mountain: Realism Toward Unification in Cold War Korea, 1980-1994' (2019, diss.). Assignments include one 5-page exhibition proposal and one final exam. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 2263	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Class, Race, Ethnicity, Art/Design and Politics, Gender and Sexuality Location MacLean 608
Type Technologies Lab	2012 (001)	Beth Roman	Tues 3:30 PM - 4:45 PM In Person
Description This class is a co-requisite with Beginning Typography and closely couples with the activities of this particular studio course. The lab components will introduce students to page layout software (namely Adobe InDesign), its terminology and its specific functions, its relationship to other software packages, techniques for composing and outputting digitally, and the technical aspects of digital typography. This information will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. As the semester progresses, this class also functions as a working lab for the Beginning Typography studio class, allowing students to work on the same project across both classes and receive technology assistance from the instructor. This crossover reinforces the links between digital and non-digital composing and terminologies. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 2011 or VISCOM 1102.	Class Number 1853	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Digital Imaging Location Sharp 1115
Type Technologies Lab	2012 (002)	Kristin J Maksymiw	Thurs 3:30 PM - 4:45 PM In Person
Description This class is a co-requisite with Beginning Typography and closely couples with the activities of this particular studio course. The lab components will introduce students to page layout software (namely Adobe InDesign), its terminology and its specific functions, its relationship to other software packages, techniques for composing and outputting digitally, and the technical aspects of digital typography. This information will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. As the semester progresses, this class also functions as a working lab for the Beginning Typography studio class, allowing students to work on the same project across both classes and receive technology assistance from the instructor. This crossover reinforces the links between digital and non-digital composing and terminologies. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 2011 or VISCOM 1102.	Class Number 1854	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Digital Imaging Location Sharp 1115
Type Technologies Lab	2012 (003)	Kristin J Maksymiw	Thurs 5:00 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This class is a co-requisite with Beginning Typography and closely couples with the activities of this particular studio course. The lab components will introduce students to page layout software (namely Adobe InDesign), its terminology and its specific functions, its relationship to other software packages, techniques for composing and outputting digitally, and the technical aspects of digital typography. This information will be reinforced via tutorials and short design exercises which target specific topics and techniques covered during lectures. As the semester progresses, this class also functions as a working lab for the Beginning Typography studio class, allowing students to work on the same project across both classes and receive technology assistance from the instructor. This crossover reinforces the links between digital and non-digital composing and terminologies. Prerequisites Corequisite: VISCOM 2011 or VISCOM 1102.	Class Number 2233	Credits 1.5	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Digital Imaging Location Sharp 1115
Sculptural Headwear	2013 (001)	Eia Radosavljevic	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The human head as a moving and turning pedestal presents continually changing views of sculptural headwear and millinery. Students reconsider the relationship of hat to head, and the potential of traditional and alternative materials. Straw sculpting, block carving, felt blocking, and couture sewing are used in exploration of 'the hat' as a sculptural form.	Class Number 1411	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 727
Relief: Multi-Level	2014 (001)	Oli Watt	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this studio course, students will explore relief printmaking techniques using woodblocks, linoleum, found-objects, foam, monoprints and digital processes. Students will learn how to properly carve, ink, and print blocks in order to create editions as well as experiment with non-traditional formats. Students will be exposed to the rich history of relief printmaking through traditional and contemporary examples, specifically works from AIC and SAIC collections. Returning students will expand upon previous projects and develop new approaches to exploring content and understanding relief techniques. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of artists from the long and rich history of relief printmaking. We will examine artists who work traditionally within the medium, as well as artists who depend upon contemporary technology to create prints. Some of the artists we will explore in this course include Durer, Hokusai, Masereel, Mendez, Zarina and Baumgartner. Over the course of the semester, students will create 10-20 prints that show an understanding of the various relief techniques demonstrated by the instructor. Students will also participate in a print exchange folio at the end of the course. Projects will be critiqued throughout the semester.	Class Number 1609	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 223
Form in Fabric	2014 (001)	Eia Radosavljevic	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Giving woven fabrics and alternative flat materials three-dimensional form is key to many sculptural disciplines, most notably headwear design, and garment and fiber works. Beginning with headwear projects as a prime example of self-supported sculptural form, students proceed through a study of methodologies such as pattern drafting, blocking, draping, and carved-form patterning to develop headwear or other objects suiting their individual practice. Assembly is achieved through hand stitching, machine sewing, or innovative techniques appropriate to specific materials. Visual imagery and texts assist in the development of concepts, and the study of interior and exterior space.	Class Number 1415	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 727
Lighting Fundamentals	2015 (001)	Kyle Dunn	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Light is a powerful tool for creative control. In this course, students learn to observe, measure, and manipulate light to enhance their photographic work. Through hands-on practice, they explore the interplay of natural, ambient, and artificial light sources¿including on-camera and hand-held flash¿within existing conditions. By understanding metering and light mixing techniques, students gain the skills to shape mood, depth, and atmosphere in their images. This course provides a strong foundation in lighting, equipping students with practical techniques to elevate their work with confidence and precision. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1579	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 207
Introduction to Experimental 3D	2015 (001)	Anneli Goeller	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class is inspired by Johannes Itten?s radical early twentieth-century basic art course developed for the Weimar Bauhaus School of Art, but here using the Maya 3D software, typically used for commercial productions by the entertainment industry. Students will solve a series of formal problems, introduced in increasing levels of complexity. Moving from the 2-dimensional to the 3-dimensional and ultimately to the four-dimensional or time-based, students will evolve their abilities to utilize aspects of light and dark, form, rhythm, color, proportion and volume but in terms of a post photographic discourse, with the intention of advancing a new virtual cinema. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000	Class Number 1485	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 519
3D Embellishment	2015 (001)	Eia Radosavljevic	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Designed to encourage 3-dimensional surface experimentation, this course begins with traditional embellishment methodologies primarily originating in couture millinery, as a means of altering or breaking away surfaces and dimensions. Students then explore alternative materials and methods to transform, mutate or redefine garments, accessories, etc., or to create textured objects in their entirety. To provide related information of interest, selected texts concerning the sociological theories of craftsmanship may be included as well as works by authors like Thor Hanson, Laura Jacobs, Candace Kling, Howard Risatti and Erica Wilson. Field trips to local venues, videos such as the Craft in America series, plus the investigation of works by artists like Nick Cave, Tara Donovan, the Haas Brothers, and Kate MccGwire optionally augment the course content. Projects may be based on up-cycled objects and materials, and will entail various techniques including ribbon manipulation, feather work, flower tooling, and embroidery. Fur/faux sewing and leather tooling are introduced, and other `thread arts? (macrame, tatting, etc.) may be individually investigated in support of conceptual and formal design.	Class Number 1409	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 727
Lighting Fundamentals	2015 (002)	Galit Julia Aloni	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Light is a powerful tool for creative control. In this course, students learn to observe, measure, and manipulate light to enhance their photographic work. Through hands-on practice, they explore the interplay of natural, ambient, and artificial light sources¿including on-camera and hand-held flash¿within existing conditions. By understanding metering and light mixing techniques, students gain the skills to shape mood, depth, and atmosphere in their images. This course provides a strong foundation in lighting, equipping students with practical techniques to elevate their work with confidence and precision. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1580	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 214
Introduction to Experimental 3D	2015 (002)	Marlena Novak	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class is inspired by Johannes Itten?s radical early twentieth-century basic art course developed for the Weimar Bauhaus School of Art, but here using the Maya 3D software, typically used for commercial productions by the entertainment industry. Students will solve a series of formal problems, introduced in increasing levels of complexity. Moving from the 2-dimensional to the 3-dimensional and ultimately to the four-dimensional or time-based, students will evolve their abilities to utilize aspects of light and dark, form, rhythm, color, proportion and volume but in terms of a post photographic discourse, with the intention of advancing a new virtual cinema. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000	Class Number 1488	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Social Media and the Web, Animation Location MacLean 519
Footwear Design	2016 (001)	James Robert Sommerfeldt	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Various investigations are conducted regarding traditional and alternative shoe design and assembly. Assigned readings and discussions focus on history, materials, the designers, lifestyle, terminology and processes, and the involvement of feet and shoes in art. Emphasis is placed on interpreting the foot and shoe for visual presentations and experimenting with components for artistic and practical expression. Final critiques include presentations of one of half pairs of shoes and sandals, illustrations, weekly clipping files and a thematic selection of thematic original ideas. Group critiques are scheduled several times during the semester. Weekly slide lectures, field trips, guest lectures or demonstration enable students to develop their ideas in the studio with a focus on fit and originality.	Class Number 1403	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 723
Footwear Design	2016 (002)	James Robert Sommerfeldt	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Various investigations are conducted regarding traditional and alternative shoe design and assembly. Assigned readings and discussions focus on history, materials, the designers, lifestyle, terminology and processes, and the involvement of feet and shoes in art. Emphasis is placed on interpreting the foot and shoe for visual presentations and experimenting with components for artistic and practical expression. Final critiques include presentations of one of half pairs of shoes and sandals, illustrations, weekly clipping files and a thematic selection of thematic original ideas. Group critiques are scheduled several times during the semester. Weekly slide lectures, field trips, guest lectures or demonstration enable students to develop their ideas in the studio with a focus on fit and originality.	Class Number 1438	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 723
Manipulated Stitches	2017 (001)	Sharon Shoji	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class is an explorative approach into traditional and non-traditional methods of creating and manipulating surface through texture. Techniques such as knitting, crocheting, stitching and embellishment will provide a language that speaks about shape and form through construction. Demonstrations will encourage students to create concepts that are three-dimensional in form. Using the body as a foundation in a space, garments and objects that are worn or used will be created as individual projects. Offered in the fall semester only.	Class Number 1408	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 701
Artists' Books	2018 (001)	Anna Laure Kielman	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Artists' Books is a beginning/intermediate level course that focuses on the fundamental techniques of bookbinding so as to be able to design and produce one or an edition of artists' books and boxes. The class begins by learning a range of traditional binding techniques, discussing material choices, and learning about the history of artists' books. Later on breaking out of the box to take risks, explore concepts and unconventional materials will be strongly encouraged for individual projects. In addition, the intention of this class is to meld your own studio work and personal expression with the form of artists' books.	Class Number 1602	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 113
Artists' Books	2018 (002)	Myungah Hyon 현명아	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Artists' Books is a beginning/intermediate level course that focuses on the fundamental techniques of bookbinding so as to be able to design and produce one or an edition of artists' books and boxes. The class begins by learning a range of traditional binding techniques, discussing material choices, and learning about the history of artists' books. Later on breaking out of the box to take risks, explore concepts and unconventional materials will be strongly encouraged for individual projects. In addition, the intention of this class is to meld your own studio work and personal expression with the form of artists' books.	Class Number 1614	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 113
Artists' Books	2018 (003)	bex ya yolk	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Artists' Books is a beginning/intermediate level course that focuses on the fundamental techniques of bookbinding so as to be able to design and produce one or an edition of artists' books and boxes. The class begins by learning a range of traditional binding techniques, discussing material choices, and learning about the history of artists' books. Later on breaking out of the box to take risks, explore concepts and unconventional materials will be strongly encouraged for individual projects. In addition, the intention of this class is to meld your own studio work and personal expression with the form of artists' books.	Class Number 2173	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 113
Designing Interaction	2019 (001)	George Guffey	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This core skills studio teaches how to generate impactful visual materials to effectively communicate interactions with objects, digital interfaces and within virtual spaces. Students will learn professional communication tools for prototyping screen-based interfaces, vector illustration, typographic and visual composition, and data visualization. As well as aiding design development, the tools covered will enable the successful communication of storyboarded scenarios, design research, and finished proposals for physical and screen-based presentation. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template.	Class Number 1308	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Digital Communication Location Sullivan Center 1241
Designed Objects Studio One	2020 (001)		Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description As the beginning course in the Designed Objects department, students will have an opportunity to explore different methods of working in order to begin establishing a practice that works best for them. Students will be building a strong foundation of skills and techniques needed to navigate an informed design process and successfully complete a design brief. In this hands-on class, students will learn how to find inspiration for an idea, develop that idea into a concept, and use that concept to design and fabricate a high-level, final prototype. Basic research theories and methods are introduced which are then applied towards studio projects. Fabrication and prototyping techniques are also incorporated in order to test out ideas and discover new ones. Students advance through definition, research, ideation, sketching, and modeling phases toward two? and three?dimensional representations (digital and physical) of their work that are orally defended during group critique. Readings and lecture content will vary and will focus on examples of historically relevant and contemporary designers, artists, studios, and design movements; as well as design practices that highlight different motivations of the designer. In addition to the two main projects that focus on different methods of approaching design? where students will be producing high-level prototypes, this workshop-style class consists of one-day projects and exercises designed to introduce techniques and skills such as technical drawing and sketching, form-finding, prototyping, and inspiration research, among others. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Sophomore-level or above.	Class Number 1293	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1255
Art of Crossing the Street	2020 (001)	Andres Luis Hernandez	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course asks the question, `How can artists cross the street without leaving their art behind? This class hopes to raise issues of citizenship, creativity, collaboration, community, environment, and the changing roles of artists at the end of the twentieth century and the start of the twenty-first. Students study historical and contemporary examples of how artists have found the time, space, and resources to do and present their work, and how they make alliances with other artists and other communities to achieve professional, cultural, and political goals. Students help plan curricular innovations at SAIC and participate in related activities such as visiting artists programming. They explore the possibility, in part through on-site visits, of establishing or strengthening ties between SAIC and various communities throughout Chicago. Students further develop course themes through substantial written assignments and through applications of these ideas in their studio practice. The goal of the course is to give students the motivation, knowledge, and tools to take an active role as citizens in a multicultural democratic society.	Class Number 1037	Credits 3	Department Art Education Area of Study Community & Social Engagement, Public Space, Site, Landscape, Art/Design and Politics Location Sharp 403
Designed Objects Studio One	2020 (002)	Annalee Koehn	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description As the beginning course in the Designed Objects department, students will have an opportunity to explore different methods of working in order to begin establishing a practice that works best for them. Students will be building a strong foundation of skills and techniques needed to navigate an informed design process and successfully complete a design brief. In this hands-on class, students will learn how to find inspiration for an idea, develop that idea into a concept, and use that concept to design and fabricate a high-level, final prototype. Basic research theories and methods are introduced which are then applied towards studio projects. Fabrication and prototyping techniques are also incorporated in order to test out ideas and discover new ones. Students advance through definition, research, ideation, sketching, and modeling phases toward two? and three?dimensional representations (digital and physical) of their work that are orally defended during group critique. Readings and lecture content will vary and will focus on examples of historically relevant and contemporary designers, artists, studios, and design movements; as well as design practices that highlight different motivations of the designer. In addition to the two main projects that focus on different methods of approaching design? where students will be producing high-level prototypes, this workshop-style class consists of one-day projects and exercises designed to introduce techniques and skills such as technical drawing and sketching, form-finding, prototyping, and inspiration research, among others. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Sophomore-level or above.	Class Number 1304	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1240
Interfacing with Draping and Pattern Making	2022 (001)		Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is an introduction to draping for fashion design and construction. Our focus is on draping blocks, and the creation of slopers; the master patterns of the bodice, skirt, torso, and sleeve from which most designs are developed in flat pattern making.	Class Number 2243	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 702
The Shaping Of The Female Form	2024 (001)	Liat Smestad	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will trace the use of structured undergarments worn by women from the eighteenth century to the present day as a basis for the design and construction of garments. Both traditional and nontraditional fabrics and materials are explored while conceptual and historic issues are discussed using references within the department's Fashion Resource Center. All final projects are fitted on a model in both muslin and fabric.	Class Number 1410	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design, Gender and Sexuality Location Sullivan Center 704
Documentary Practices	2025 (001)	Jonas Becker	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores the power, ethics, and evolving role of documentary photography. Students will critically examine the medium¿s historical claims to truth and objectivity while confronting contemporary debates on identity, representation, and agency¿who tells which stories, and how context shapes meaning? Readings from photography theory, sociology, and popular media provide diverse perspectives, fueling critical discussion. Through hands-on assignments and a culminating project, students will bridge theory and practice, refining their documentary approach while navigating the ethical and creative complexities of visual storytelling. Prerequisites Prerequisite: 3 credits of PHOTO 1000 level courses.	Class Number 2169	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Theory Location 280 Building Rm 214
Activated Objects: Coding Hardware	2027 (001)	Brett Ian Balogh	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description A rapidly increasing variety of objects in everyday life are acquiring an awareness of their environments, a repertoire of behaviors, and the ability to communicate with other objects, their owners, or, through networks, with more comprehensive integrated systems. This class explores the design processes, skills, and tools necessary to thrive in this exciting creative domain. The course incorporates substantial hands-on development experience in a lab environment. Students will conceptualize, prototype, and build working objects that respond to and cooperate with their owners and with each other.	Class Number 1146	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Art and Science Location MacLean 423
Art of Crossing the Street	2027 (001)	Andres Luis Hernandez	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course asks the question, `How can artists cross the street without leaving their art behind? This class hopes to raise issues of citizenship, creativity, collaboration, community, environment, and the changing roles of artists at the end of the twentieth century and the start of the twenty-first. Students study historical and contemporary examples of how artists have found the time, space, and resources to do and present their work, and how they make alliances with other artists and other communities to achieve professional, cultural, and political goals. Students help plan curricular innovations at SAIC and participate in related activities such as visiting artists programming. They explore the possibility, in part through on-site visits, of establishing or strengthening ties between SAIC and various communities throughout Chicago. Students further develop course themes through substantial written assignments and through applications of these ideas in their studio practice. The goal of the course is to give students the motivation, knowledge, and tools to take an active role as citizens in a multicultural democratic society.	Class Number 1791	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Community & Social Engagement, Public Space, Site, Landscape, Art/Design and Politics Location Sharp 403
Designed Objects Studio Two	2030 (001)		Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description We will work with the processes by which product designers develop compelling objects that communicate ideas, values, functions and purpose. Projects are designed to study the language of form through an analysis of user interaction, the implications of material choice, finishes, and craftsmanship on the success of a product concept, and how these choices support and promote function, desirability and perceived value. There is also an emphasis on expanding student material exploration and making techniques for optimal results, and the value of iterative prototyping in a successful design process. The course will address universal product design issues and methods, starting with defining and understanding the project, considering form and function, appropriate material selection, construction techniques, finishes, iteration, and well-crafted final products. We will cover concepts such as semiotics, ergonomics, families of objects, multi-functional products, and emphasize clear communication of finished design ideas through schematics, and graphic representation using descriptive photography. Relevant contemporary design examples are provided as reference for each project, and students will spend additional time researching contemporary designers such as Front Design, Raw Edges, Nendo and Ron Arad. Students will be introduced to high-end professional design sources in a business setting through a field trip to the Merchandise Mart. The course is built around 3 main projects, each with instructional presentations, Design research assignments, ideation and sketching, group discussions, and iterative prototyping, resulting in the creation of a final product and printed graphic document, all presented and discussed in a group critique. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template. Prerequisites Pre: DES OB 1006 or 2020	Class Number 1294	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1240
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (001)	Noelle Africh	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1640	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 124
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (002)	Mary Griffin	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1641	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 320
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (003)	Ruth Poor	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1642	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 124
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (004)		Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1643	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 320
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (005)	Jessica Du Preez	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1644	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 124
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (006)	Mary Griffin	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1645	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 315
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (007)	Josiah Ellner	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1646	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 320
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (008)		Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1647	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 124
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (009)		Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1648	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 315
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (010)	Larissa Setareh Borteh	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1649	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 124
Figure Drawing: Multi-Level	2030 (011)	Herman Aguirre	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students draw from the model as a means of understanding form, shape, and line using a variety of media. The course emphasizes shorter poses as training in immediate response to gesture and form. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Figure Drawing B classes.	Class Number 1650	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 320
Fig Draw:Anatomy	2030 (012)	Melinda Whitmore	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to enlighten and empower the student?s knowledge of basic anatomy in skeletal and superficial musculature forms and to apply it in a drawing context with confidence and fidelity. Not only will the student become better familiarized with anatomical structures through class lectures and life drawing sessions, but a greater understanding of the dynamics of form and movement in space will be achieved through practice and repetition of procedures learned throughout the course.	Class Number 1724	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 124
Fig Draw: Adv Draw Inside/Out	2031 (001)	Anne Harris	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will concentrate on drawing the figure with an emphasis on sculptural form. The objective will be to use drawing?particularly line?to investigate the body three-dimensionally. You will work from the inside out, drawing internal volume and topography, rather than an outside edge. The goal will be to rotate the body and move it through space, to understand its basic structure and movement and, through that understanding, to learn about drawing as a tool for investigation, a way of exploring and structuring space, weight, and form. By semester's end you will be able to invent a body in space. This ability is key to the tradition of figurative art found in artists ranging from Peter Paul Rubens to Kerry James Marshall and Nicole Eisenman. Throughout the course we will be looking at and learning from a range of figurative artists, both historical and contemporary, via lectures and visits to the museum, including the AIC?s Prints and Drawings viewing room. This is a highly structured course, akin to an intensive workshop. New information will be introduced every class. There will be regular outside assignments. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 2030.	Class Number 1696	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 320
Fig Draw:Adv:Narr/Figuration	2031 (002)	Amanda Joy Calobrisi	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio drawing course explores how narrative operates in the history and traditions of figure painting. The class incorporates a range of methods; visits to the museum and galleries; introduce written material into drawn images; and analyze forms of narrative, including short film, graphic novels, abstraction, and sculpture. Sessions will focus on how mood, color, light and the passing of time influence how we read and produce a narrative image. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 2030.	Class Number 1697	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 315
Natural Dye	2032 (001)	Christian Ortiz	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description Students learn how to translate colors from the natural world into textiles, by using natural dyes foraged from plants, as well as dye concentrates and indigo, for immersion and direct dye applications. Complex surface design patterns are created through the Japanese resist process of shibori. Chemistry, color theory, material manipulations, and research provide a technical foundation for the creation of projects within the expanded field of textiles.	Class Number 1460	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 904
Top: Feminist and Queer Clay Strategies	2035 (001)	Stevie Hanley	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class engages with feminist and queer theory to explore non-traditional methods of engaging with clay. Students will cultivate strategies for producing artwork in dialogue with conversations on the body as a medium, gender, and sexuality. Throughout the course, students will draw from assigned text, research, and art historical references as a source for contextualizing their own practice. Projects will explore the use of form, formlessness, and performance as processes for manipulating ceramic material.	Class Number 1180	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M152
Masks and Mantles	2035 (001)	James Paul	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course the students will study and construct theater masks, corresponding headpieces and mantles or capes. Masks and mantles are based on Commedia dell'arte and baroque silhouettes. Students will also illustrate a fairy tale or morality play, using Commedia dell'arte and baroque stylistic elements (costume, architectural and interior backgrounds).	Class Number 1418	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 723
Top:Intimate Curious Object	2035 (002)	Javier Jasso	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class is designed to explore our perception and understanding of diminutive, poetic, intimate, fantastic, fetishistic and body objects. The potential and significance of the intimate and small-scale object will be explored. Tools and methods of construction will be introduced allowing the student to investigate various clays, surface treatments and types of firing. Students are free to work sculpturally, figuratively, with the vessel or a combination of other formal strategies appropriate to their interests and personal investigation. Installation strategies will be discussed with opportunities to explore various presentation possibilities. Combining ceramic objects with found objects and otherwise non- ceramic materials will be an important component of the class. Lectures will address the subject historically and within contemporary art.	Class Number 1186	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M153
Extreme Craft	2036 (001)	Mindy Rose Schwartz	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Now, more than ever, sculpture is the most inclusive category of artmaking. Yet even at the height of this expanded field, a residual hierarchy remains when it comes to means associated with craft. In this course students examine traditional sculpture and craft processes in relation to notions of taste, class, gender, age. Students consider skill or craftsmanship; utility and decoration; commercial pressures vs. aesthetics standards and are encouraged to examine their own relationship to specific materials, processes, and techniques as a source of meaning and foundation for sculptural practice.	Class Number 1773	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Class, Race, Ethnicity Location 280 Building Rm 127
Tapestry	2037 (001)	Danielle Lasker	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description The class will examine the many possibilities of creating woven forms using a tapestry loom (also called a frame loom). Students will begin by experimenting with the basic techniques of tapestry and plain weave as they explore ways of creating surface, image, texture and various color effects within a woven form. Students will then learn more complex tapestry weaving techniques. A variety of tapestry looms will be considered, including possibilities for constructing looms of varying dimensions and sizes. Contemporary weaving projects, along with historical references, will be presented through discussions, visual presentations, demonstrations, readings, and close-up examinations of woven textiles. This course is open to all levels. Tapestry works by contemporary artists such as Diedrick Brackens, kg, Erin M. Riley, Terri Friedman, Aiko Tezuka, Josh Faught, Julia Bland, Sarah Zapata, and Erasto ?Tito? Mendoza will be shown, together with seminal works by artists whose tapestry works spurred the emergence of the field of fiber in the 1950s through early 1970s: Trude Guermonprez, Anni Albers, Lenore Tawney, Olgs de Amaral, Tadeusz Beutlich, and Magdalena Abakanowicz. Contemporary frame loom weaving will be contextualized through visual presentations and readings exploring relevant histories of weaving across the Americas, Asia, Africa, Europe, and the Middle East, together with examples of present day weaving workshops and institutions like the Museo Textil de Oaxaca (Mexico), the Centro de Textiles Tradicionales del Cusco (Peru),the Manufacture Nationale des Tapisseries Senegal (Senegal), and Sadu House (Kuwait). Course work will vary but typically includes the creation of woven samples, 3 or 4 finished works, reading responses, and short research assignments and/or presentations.	Class Number 1466	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Area of Study Digital Communication, Community & Social Engagement, Gender and Sexuality Location Sharp 1005
Wksp: Stanzas & Paragraphs	2040 (001)	Jose Moctezuma	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In Stanzas in Meditation, Gertrude Stein writes, ¿I call carelessly that the door is open / Which if they can refuse to open / No one can rush to close.¿ Playing on the Latin root of stanza as a standing space or room, Stein writes her stanzas as rooms, spaces, and boundary zones that are equally porous and enclosed. Is the stanza a coordination of limits and encasements, or is it a liminal space of experimentation and transgression? Does the stanza bear a similar relation to the body of a poem as a paragraph does to the flow of a narrative or argument? In this course, we will be writing, workshopping, and thinking in and through the stanza as a unit of form and function within poetic composition and lyric prose. We¿ll also engage with prose poetry and lyric prose in which the paragraph functions as a destabilizing or deterritorializing event in narrative form. We¿ll read classic and contemporary theories about the stanza, as well as read across various stanzaic forms, ranging from classical standards drawn from Sappho, Spenser, and Swinburne, as well contemporary experiments in the stanza and the prose poem by poets like Lyn Hejinian, Jericho Brown, Juan Felipe Herrera, Anne Waldman, and Nathaniel Mackey. Course work will consist of weekly creative writing assignments, revision exercises, in-class review sessions, a brief two-page research statement, and a final portfolio of work.	Class Number 1896	Credits 3	Department Writing Location Lakeview - 808
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (001)	Paula Kamps	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1651	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 125
Wskp: Re:vision	2040 (002)	Sherry Antonini	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this beginning workshop, we will engage in generative sessions that facilitate writerly observation and curiosity to spark new writing. Ongoing journaling exercises, observational walks, deep listening activities, and ekphrastic writing at museum and campus galleries will prompt writing ideas that spring from paying attention and seeing the familiar as refreshed and redefined. In tandem with these sessions, we¿ll read and discuss excerpts from Alexandra Horowitz¿s book, On Looking: A Walker¿s Guide to the Art of Observation. We¿ll also investigate and analyze examples of poetry and prose rooted in similar aspects of noticing by a wide range of writers such as Sei Shonagon, David Sedaris, Mary Oliver, Stuart Dybek, Julia Alvarez, and Aminatta Forna. Students will create early drafts based on their individual experiences and free writing responses to our generative sessions and discussions. Then, with a focus on both building strong drafts through revision and cultivating a keener sense of individual voice as it surfaces and continues to develop, we¿ll workshop student writing across the semester. Students should expect to write daily in a journal, participate in frequent class walks outside, and create several drafts of fresh writing toward finished pieces as a final project portfolio.	Class Number 1899	Credits 3	Department Writing Location Lakeview - 808
Std Draw:Large Format	2040 (002)	Steven Husby	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description How big is big? Does the size of a drawing alter our ideas of what we?re about while we?re producing it? How do relationships of internal scale alter our sense of the surrounding space, and how do the sizes of the materials and the support alter our own awareness of scale? In this course we will explore the potential for large format drawing in the perceptual, material, narrative and conceptual senses. We will work towards expanding notions of Large, Format, Studio and Drawing. We will work towards specificity and developing each student's individual concerns. Bring your ambition, you'll need it. Most time in class will be spent working on studio projects, which will be supplemented by museum visits, slide lectures, student led reading discussions and presentations, and in depth critique. Readings and artists looked at will vary, but will typically include texts which attempt a broad overview of the state of drawing within the field of contemporary art like Vitamin D2 and Drawing Now: Eight Propositions, and include contemporary artists working with drawing at ambitious scale such as Toba Khedoori, Amy Sillman, and William Kentridge, and more historical examples like Willem de Kooning, Cy Twombly, Lee Krasner, and Jasper Johns. There will be a long form mid-term critique and a shorter final critique. Students will be expected to complete multiple large scale works for each.	Class Number 1652	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 321
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (003)		Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1653	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 321
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (004)	Julieta Beltrán Lazo	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1654	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 125
Studio Dwg:Mixed Media Paper	2040 (005)	Noelle Africh	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Simply put, this class is about exploring possibilities-- the use of various combinations of materials used, wet and/or dry, on any paper related products, from fine drawing sheets to left over cardboard, as long as the what and how of it is on/with a paper support...the individual pursuit for a personal visual voice is encouraged...during the first several weeks, various 'problems' will be given to start things moving?	Class Number 1655	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 308
Std Draw:Representn/Abstractn	2040 (006)	Judith Geichman	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Manipulate Space, Deconstruct Form, Re-Invent Your Visual World. This course will explore different form and space making systems as they relate to abstraction. Slide presentations throughout the semester will focus on abstraction and different artist, art movements, elements of visual language, and concepts past and present, all to engage and open students visual ideas and art making practice. Students will be encouraged to pursue their own ideas and imagery as they work with the course material. Painterly drawing will be explored, as well as drawing from a live model. Field trips are scheduled in the curriculum.	Class Number 1656	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 321
Studio Drawing: Collage	2040 (007)	Delano Dunn	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In the early 20th century, Max Ernst coined the phrase ?collage thinking? to describe the burst of innovation taking place in his studio and among fellow artists. Learn the techniques of the ?collage mind? as well as the historical view of creative reassembling as it appears before the 20th century and throughout art history. This multi-level studio will cover all of the various traditional methods of assembling cut paper into a complete work of art. Additionally, we will touch upon the use of unorthodox materials for 2-D assemblage, movable art and bas-relief. Individual as well as group instruction will provide a flexible educational environment, accommodating both the novice and accomplished collagist. Examples from the rich history of collage will be shown and reinforced by field trips to related exhibitions. The class will review historic and contemporary approaches to collage through lectures, demonstrations and bi-weekly visits to the Ryerson Library in order to study reference images. The history and use of the demonstrated collage methods will form the foundation of six class assignments, ending with a final independent project. Mid-term and final group critiques provide valuable feedback. The successful student will acquire a thorough knowledge of all existing analog collage techniques, appropriate glues and adhesives and suitable supports.	Class Number 1657	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 125
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (008)	Jessica Zawadowicz	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1658	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 321
Studio Draw:Landscape	2040 (009)	Olivia Petrides	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description From the sublime to the technological, contemporary artists are reinventing the landscape genre and examining its relevance. This multi-level studio course provides an opportunity to explore individual perceptions of the natural world in light of current landscape painting narratives. There will be presentations and readings on issues pertinent to the landscape as subject.	Class Number 1659	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 125
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (010)	Noah Rorem	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1660	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 308
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (011)	Arnold Kemp	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1661	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 125
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (012)	Matt Morris	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1662	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 308
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (013)	Jessica Jackson Hutchins	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1663	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 321
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (014)	Robert Burnier	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1717	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 125
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (015)	George Liebert	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1719	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 125
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (016)	Tyson Reeder	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1718	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 321
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (017)	Claire Ashley	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1723	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 125
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (018)	Ryan Peter	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 1725	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location 280 Building Rm 321
Studio Drawing: Multi-Level	2040 (019)	Tyson Reeder	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM All Online
Description This drawing studio serves as a broad introduction to historical and contemporary drawing practices. This course presents drawing as an organizer of thought, experience, and image. Students will investigate a full range of drawing materials and supports. Lectures and exercises introduce various concepts of drawing, possibly including illusionistic form and space, gesture and expressive mark-making, or collage and found imagery, depending on the instructor?s emphasis. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through technical drawing exercises, material explorations, and individual projects. Structured classroom critiques will bring drawing concepts into personal student work.	Class Number 2502	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration Location Online
Std Draw:Adv Form Invention	2041 (001)	Richard Hull	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description An advanced investigation of drawing as an organizing tool for thought and personal image exploration. Students work with both assigned and independently conceived problems. Topic: Form Invention - The exploration of representation strategies beyond direct perception and conventional visual modes. Procedures will include exaggeration and omission, stylization and abstraction, composite and hybrid forms, secondary and double images, visual puns and rhymes, and multi-perspectival representation. Examples will be drawn from the span of art history, East and West and from contemporary practice and visual culture. There will be studio problems and exercises, sketchbook assignments, individual projects, slide presentations, and museum visits. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 2040.	Class Number 2184	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 125
Type and Image in Motion	2041 (001)	Michal Janicki	Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM All Online
Description 2041 - Type + Image in Motion is a studio based introduction to the design of motion graphics. We will examine the methodologies, theories, visual and auditory principles, technical issues of motion design with an emphasis on the interplay of movement, time, imagery, typography and sound within the digital environment. The course focuses on the role motion plays in creating expressive and communicative experiences. Students will critically analyze and create a range of motion studies, and investigate the visual grammar and creative strategies of the time-based communication and motion graphics utilizing storyboarding and two-dimensional animation, Readings, screenings and discussions will provide students with a historical overview of motion design and time-based media. We will examine the work of various influential motion designers both past and present. Readings and lectures cover the theoretical foundations of the field, and assignments provide hands-on, project-based experience with production. Weekly in-class tutorials will be provided by the instructor and the student will be required to develop a working knowledge of software appropriate to concepts of time-based media. Students should expect to develop comprehensive storyboards and produce three short digital videos. The completed motion design studies and visual investigations will be presented in group and individual critiques during the course of the semester. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 1002 or VISCOM 2941.	Class Number 2234	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Digital Imaging, Animation Location Online
Ceramic Sculpture	2051 (001)	Sonya Bogdanova	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to sculptural ideas executed in various ceramic hand construction techniques including slab, coil, press mold, etc. Students will explore how the unique physical characteristics of clay can contribute to the content of the work. Construction strategies will be examined in a conceptual context, investigating issues of space, technology, and architectural implication to build a dimensional perspective of personal and societal relevance. Emphasis will be on process, exploration, and discussion. We will examine artists who've instrumentalized clay in inventive and boundary-pushing ways. Some of the artists we'll look at are Arlene Schechet, Annabeth Rosen, Ron Nagel, Huma Bhabha, Genesis Belanger and more. Readings and screenings will vary but typically include interviews with contemporary artists and critical essays by Eva Respini, Clare Lilley, Rosalind Krauss and more. Students should expect to produce a body of work consisting of assigned and self directed projects to be presented in a culminating midterm and final critique.	Class Number 1194	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M152
Virtual Flat to Form - Digital Patternmaking	2060 (001)	Aubrie J. Meyer	Fri, Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to digital pattern-making for fashion. Students learn to use the CAD hardware and software, designing and modifying patterns virtually. This includes digitizing/converting hard patterns to digital files, modifying existing stock patterns, textile printing, 3-D visualization, and plotting sample patterns. Students receive a hands-on approach to developing virtual patterns through fabric testing, using body measurements, and assembling prototypes for final design approval. Other industry skills are developed, such as creating pattern cards, cutter's musts, grading, and marker making. Prerequisites FASH 2001/2014/2016/2020/2022/2024/2901	Class Number 1413	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Digital Imaging, Gender and Sexuality, Art and Science Location Sullivan Center 705, MacLean 917
Introduction to African American Art	2065 (001)	Eddie Chambers	Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This class will begin with considerations of African Diaspora identity formations and how such formations and histories relate to the broad subject of the class ¿ African Diaspora art history. We will consider the work of a number of leading artists of the African Diaspora, located throughout the world in geographic regions such as the Americas, Europe and artists emerging out of the continent of Africa itself. With African Diaspora art history being such a relatively recent addition to the canon of art history, pretty much all of the artists we look at in this class will be reflective of the modern and contemporary art history periods. Artists include Keith Piper, Rotimi Fani-Kayode, Charles White, Elizabeth Catlett, Sonia Boyce, Isaac Julien and others whose work can be seen as emerging from a confluence of factors including migration, diaspora, history and identity. The class will use a variety of texts, most frequently catalogue essays relating to artists of the African Diaspora, many of whom are now established figures in exhibitions and biennales. Readings will also include texts by art historians and curators who have worked with, or written about, such artists. The texts will demonstrate the extent to which African Diaspora identity formations are often central to nuanced readings of these artists¿ practices. Students are required to submit one short `reaction¿ paper each week, plus a short research paper at the end of the semester. The main emphasis of the seminar will be on active class participation and discussion of the artists and their work. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1088	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Class, Race, Ethnicity, Economic Inequality & Class Location Lakeview - 1608
Introduction to African American Art	2065 (001)	Eddie Chambers	Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This class will begin with considerations of African Diaspora identity formations and how such formations and histories relate to the broad subject of the class ¿ African Diaspora art history. We will consider the work of a number of leading artists of the African Diaspora, located throughout the world in geographic regions such as the Americas, Europe and artists emerging out of the continent of Africa itself. With African Diaspora art history being such a relatively recent addition to the canon of art history, pretty much all of the artists we look at in this class will be reflective of the modern and contemporary art history periods. Artists include Keith Piper, Rotimi Fani-Kayode, Charles White, Elizabeth Catlett, Sonia Boyce, Isaac Julien and others whose work can be seen as emerging from a confluence of factors including migration, diaspora, history and identity. The class will use a variety of texts, most frequently catalogue essays relating to artists of the African Diaspora, many of whom are now established figures in exhibitions and biennales. Readings will also include texts by art historians and curators who have worked with, or written about, such artists. The texts will demonstrate the extent to which African Diaspora identity formations are often central to nuanced readings of these artists¿ practices. Students are required to submit one short `reaction¿ paper each week, plus a short research paper at the end of the semester. The main emphasis of the seminar will be on active class participation and discussion of the artists and their work. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 2413	Credits 3	Department Visual and Critical Studies Area of Study Class, Race, Ethnicity, Economic Inequality & Class Location Lakeview - 1608
Pattern Making for Sculpture	2074 (001)	Juan Angel Chavez	Tues, Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Patternmaking is at the heart of metalworking, woodworking, fashion, architecture and many other disciplines. Why? Because so many materials are available in sheet form. Students in this course will investigate a range of processes by which flat sheet materials like paper, wood, metal, fabric, vinyl, and plastic can be used to make volumetric, three-dimensional forms. Patternmaking for Sculpture will teach the student digital and analogue methods of designing, cutting, and assembling 3D work. Practical strategies as well as contemporary industrial use and the history of patternmaking will be explored to give each student a range of options for making their own work, whether it be art or design.	Class Number 1786	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Area of Study Product Design Location 280 Building Rm 127, 280 Building Rm 127A
Discovering Science and the Art of Communication	2098 (001)	Elizabeth Freeland, Caroline Marie Bellios	Tues 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this studio symposium we will explore how we gain knowledge, what we do with it, how we communicate it, and the motivation to gain further knowledge. We will ground our understanding of this cycle in the works of Émilie du Châtelet in the 1700s and Mary Somerville in the 1800s. Both women¿s contributions to the physical sciences, in original works and in gathering, processing, and communicating the revolutionary ideas of their time, were crucial and indispensable. Complementing their extraordinary work in science, they contributed to a wide range of human endeavors, from theater and poetry to philosophy and mathematics, all of which had to be balanced by expected societal performances. Their complex lives, built in realms that the majority of their contemporaries could not imagine intersecting, serve as an invitation for you, as an artist, to make and communicate the science of our time as a part of your interdisciplinary practice. Readings will include excerpts of works by Émilie du Châtelet, Mary Somerville, and their biographers. They will also include modern texts about climate change and the communication of climate science. Course work will include labs and activities investigating topics of 18th and 19th century experiments and scientific practices, creative responses to these ideas, weekly assignments to assess factual understanding or synthesis of ideas, and acts of doing that would have been performed by women of those times. In a final project students will translate, transmit, or communicate the modern scientific issues important to them through their own art practice. Prerequisites SAIC Scholars Program Students Only	Class Number 1752	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1503
Discovering Science and the Art of Communication	2098 (001)	Elizabeth Freeland, Caroline Marie Bellios	Tues 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this studio symposium we will explore how we gain knowledge, what we do with it, how we communicate it, and the motivation to gain further knowledge. We will ground our understanding of this cycle in the works of Émilie du Châtelet in the 1700s and Mary Somerville in the 1800s. Both women¿s contributions to the physical sciences, in original works and in gathering, processing, and communicating the revolutionary ideas of their time, were crucial and indispensable. Complementing their extraordinary work in science, they contributed to a wide range of human endeavors, from theater and poetry to philosophy and mathematics, all of which had to be balanced by expected societal performances. Their complex lives, built in realms that the majority of their contemporaries could not imagine intersecting, serve as an invitation for you, as an artist, to make and communicate the science of our time as a part of your interdisciplinary practice. Readings will include excerpts of works by Émilie du Châtelet, Mary Somerville, and their biographers. They will also include modern texts about climate change and the communication of climate science. Course work will include labs and activities investigating topics of 18th and 19th century experiments and scientific practices, creative responses to these ideas, weekly assignments to assess factual understanding or synthesis of ideas, and acts of doing that would have been performed by women of those times. In a final project students will translate, transmit, or communicate the modern scientific issues important to them through their own art practice. Prerequisites SAIC Scholars Program Students Only	Class Number 1752	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 1503
Writing Everywhere	2098 (001)	Sherry Antonini, Jenny Magnus	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This blended academic/studio course offers Scholars Program students an opportunity to explore and analyze art forms that incorporate text within interdisciplinary projects. Our academic investigations will serve as a base of information and inspiration to facilitate students¿ processes of writing and making in creating text-inclusive interdisciplinary work. We¿ll engage in viewing, listening, reading, writing responses, and discussing pieces created by artists such as Jean-Michel Basquiat, Jenny Holzer, Barbara Kruger, Robert Ashley, Patti Smith, Kurt Schwitters, Idris Goodwin, Claudia Rankine, and Emil Ferris. We¿ll then consider what we¿ve seen, learned, and discussed as we work in the studio, moving across generative exercises, writing workshop sessions, and individual making time focused on developing and fine-tuning both words and structures for new projects. Students will experiment with their writing in combinations involving 2d and 3d image, sound, and performance ideas, with critiques as follow-up feedback. Students should expect to work loosely, but passionately, to create distinct trial projects reflecting assigned investigations, as well as meet related reading and written response deadlines along the timeline of the semester. Final projects will present further steps of revision toward a chosen finished piece. Prerequisites SAIC Scholars Program Students Only	Class Number 1535	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 112
Writing Everywhere	2098 (001)	Sherry Antonini, Jenny Magnus	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This blended academic/studio course offers Scholars Program students an opportunity to explore and analyze art forms that incorporate text within interdisciplinary projects. Our academic investigations will serve as a base of information and inspiration to facilitate students¿ processes of writing and making in creating text-inclusive interdisciplinary work. We¿ll engage in viewing, listening, reading, writing responses, and discussing pieces created by artists such as Jean-Michel Basquiat, Jenny Holzer, Barbara Kruger, Robert Ashley, Patti Smith, Kurt Schwitters, Idris Goodwin, Claudia Rankine, and Emil Ferris. We¿ll then consider what we¿ve seen, learned, and discussed as we work in the studio, moving across generative exercises, writing workshop sessions, and individual making time focused on developing and fine-tuning both words and structures for new projects. Students will experiment with their writing in combinations involving 2d and 3d image, sound, and performance ideas, with critiques as follow-up feedback. Students should expect to work loosely, but passionately, to create distinct trial projects reflecting assigned investigations, as well as meet related reading and written response deadlines along the timeline of the semester. Final projects will present further steps of revision toward a chosen finished piece. Prerequisites SAIC Scholars Program Students Only	Class Number 1535	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location MacLean 112
Writing Everywhere	2098 (001)	Jenny Magnus, Sherry Antonini	Tues 9:00 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This blended academic/studio course offers Scholars Program students an opportunity to explore and analyze art forms that incorporate text within interdisciplinary projects. Our academic investigations will serve as a base of information and inspiration to facilitate students¿ processes of writing and making in creating text-inclusive interdisciplinary work. We¿ll engage in viewing, listening, reading, writing responses, and discussing pieces created by artists such as Jean-Michel Basquiat, Jenny Holzer, Barbara Kruger, Robert Ashley, Patti Smith, Kurt Schwitters, Idris Goodwin, Claudia Rankine, and Emil Ferris. We¿ll then consider what we¿ve seen, learned, and discussed as we work in the studio, moving across generative exercises, writing workshop sessions, and individual making time focused on developing and fine-tuning both words and structures for new projects. Students will experiment with their writing in combinations involving 2d and 3d image, sound, and performance ideas, with critiques as follow-up feedback. Students should expect to work loosely, but passionately, to create distinct trial projects reflecting assigned investigations, as well as meet related reading and written response deadlines along the timeline of the semester. Final projects will present further steps of revision toward a chosen finished piece. Prerequisites SAIC Scholars Program Students Only	Class Number 1824	Credits 3	Department Undergraduate Studies Location MacLean 112
Writing Everywhere	2098 (001)	Jenny Magnus, Sherry Antonini	Tues 9:00 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This blended academic/studio course offers Scholars Program students an opportunity to explore and analyze art forms that incorporate text within interdisciplinary projects. Our academic investigations will serve as a base of information and inspiration to facilitate students¿ processes of writing and making in creating text-inclusive interdisciplinary work. We¿ll engage in viewing, listening, reading, writing responses, and discussing pieces created by artists such as Jean-Michel Basquiat, Jenny Holzer, Barbara Kruger, Robert Ashley, Patti Smith, Kurt Schwitters, Idris Goodwin, Claudia Rankine, and Emil Ferris. We¿ll then consider what we¿ve seen, learned, and discussed as we work in the studio, moving across generative exercises, writing workshop sessions, and individual making time focused on developing and fine-tuning both words and structures for new projects. Students will experiment with their writing in combinations involving 2d and 3d image, sound, and performance ideas, with critiques as follow-up feedback. Students should expect to work loosely, but passionately, to create distinct trial projects reflecting assigned investigations, as well as meet related reading and written response deadlines along the timeline of the semester. Final projects will present further steps of revision toward a chosen finished piece. Prerequisites SAIC Scholars Program Students Only	Class Number 1824	Credits 3	Department Undergraduate Studies Location MacLean 112
Discovering Science and the Art of Communication	2098 (002)	Elizabeth Freeland, Caroline Marie Bellios	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:00 PM In Person
Description In this studio symposium we will explore how we gain knowledge, what we do with it, how we communicate it, and the motivation to gain further knowledge. We will ground our understanding of this cycle in the works of Émilie du Châtelet in the 1700s and Mary Somerville in the 1800s. Both women¿s contributions to the physical sciences, in original works and in gathering, processing, and communicating the revolutionary ideas of their time, were crucial and indispensable. Complementing their extraordinary work in science, they contributed to a wide range of human endeavors, from theater and poetry to philosophy and mathematics, all of which had to be balanced by expected societal performances. Their complex lives, built in realms that the majority of their contemporaries could not imagine intersecting, serve as an invitation for you, as an artist, to make and communicate the science of our time as a part of your interdisciplinary practice. Readings will include excerpts of works by Émilie du Châtelet, Mary Somerville, and their biographers. They will also include modern texts about climate change and the communication of climate science. Course work will include labs and activities investigating topics of 18th and 19th century experiments and scientific practices, creative responses to these ideas, weekly assignments to assess factual understanding or synthesis of ideas, and acts of doing that would have been performed by women of those times. In a final project students will translate, transmit, or communicate the modern scientific issues important to them through their own art practice. Prerequisites SAIC Scholars Program Students Only	Class Number 1826	Credits 3	Department Undergraduate Studies Location Lakeview - 1503
Discovering Science and the Art of Communication	2098 (002)	Elizabeth Freeland, Caroline Marie Bellios	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:00 PM In Person
Description In this studio symposium we will explore how we gain knowledge, what we do with it, how we communicate it, and the motivation to gain further knowledge. We will ground our understanding of this cycle in the works of Émilie du Châtelet in the 1700s and Mary Somerville in the 1800s. Both women¿s contributions to the physical sciences, in original works and in gathering, processing, and communicating the revolutionary ideas of their time, were crucial and indispensable. Complementing their extraordinary work in science, they contributed to a wide range of human endeavors, from theater and poetry to philosophy and mathematics, all of which had to be balanced by expected societal performances. Their complex lives, built in realms that the majority of their contemporaries could not imagine intersecting, serve as an invitation for you, as an artist, to make and communicate the science of our time as a part of your interdisciplinary practice. Readings will include excerpts of works by Émilie du Châtelet, Mary Somerville, and their biographers. They will also include modern texts about climate change and the communication of climate science. Course work will include labs and activities investigating topics of 18th and 19th century experiments and scientific practices, creative responses to these ideas, weekly assignments to assess factual understanding or synthesis of ideas, and acts of doing that would have been performed by women of those times. In a final project students will translate, transmit, or communicate the modern scientific issues important to them through their own art practice. Prerequisites SAIC Scholars Program Students Only	Class Number 1826	Credits 3	Department Undergraduate Studies Location Lakeview - 1503
New Media: Crash Course	2100 (001)	Christopher Lee Collins	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This introductory studio course focuses on screen-based new media works, their historical contexts, their specific aesthetics and theoretical concerns. Students gain an understanding of the emerging culture and historical antecedents of new media. Interactive, network and web based technologies are introduced from the perspective of media art making. Students will be exposed to relevant theoretical texts. Historical and contemporary new media works are screened, demonstrated and discussed. Through a series of workshops, assignments and a final project, students will gain a general understanding of how to read and write new media using various techniques such as HTML ++ CSS, JavaScript, Realtime systems, Generative systems, and Art Games. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000	Class Number 1491	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Communication, Social Media and the Web Location MacLean 807
Art and Technology Practices	2101 (001)	Christine Anne Shallenberg, Joseph Michael Kramer	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This team-taught, introductory course provides a foundation for most additional coursework in the Art and Technology Studies department. Students are given a broad interdisciplinary grounding in the skills, concepts, and hands-on experiences they will need to engage the potentials of new technologies in art making. Every other week, a lecture and discussion group exposes students to concepts of electronic media, perception, inter-media composition, emerging venues, and other issues important to artists working with technologically based media. Students will attend a morning & afternoon section each day to gain hands-on experience with a variety of forms and techniques central to technologically-based art making.	Class Number 1123	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Game Design, Art and Science Location MacLean B1-07, MacLean 401
Art and Technology Practices	2101 (001)	Christine Anne Shallenberg, Joseph Michael Kramer	Thurs, Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This team-taught, introductory course provides a foundation for most additional coursework in the Art and Technology Studies department. Students are given a broad interdisciplinary grounding in the skills, concepts, and hands-on experiences they will need to engage the potentials of new technologies in art making. Every other week, a lecture and discussion group exposes students to concepts of electronic media, perception, inter-media composition, emerging venues, and other issues important to artists working with technologically based media. Students will attend a morning & afternoon section each day to gain hands-on experience with a variety of forms and techniques central to technologically-based art making.	Class Number 1123	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Game Design, Art and Science Location MacLean B1-07, MacLean 401
Neon Techniques	2112 (001)	Kacie Lees	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course examines neon techniques used in both traditional and current sign making and their application in creating artworks. Contemporary technical developments are explored.	Class Number 1136	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Art and Science Location MacLean B1-16
Foundry Basics	2113 (001)	Jonathan Lanier	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces the aesthetic, technical, and historical aspects of the casting process as it relates to sculpture. Students learn basic skills in waxworking, investment applications, furnace and kiln operation, metal finishing and chasing, and patination. Lost wax and ceramic shell will be the primary techniques utilized for pattern generation and molding in this course. Students develop these skills through a series of studies that culminate in a final project.	Class Number 1782	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Location 280 Building Rm 030
Foundry Basics	2113 (002)	FÁTIMA	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces the aesthetic, technical, and historical aspects of the casting process as it relates to sculpture. Students learn basic skills in waxworking, investment applications, furnace and kiln operation, metal finishing and chasing, and patination. Lost wax and ceramic shell will be the primary techniques utilized for pattern generation and molding in this course. Students develop these skills through a series of studies that culminate in a final project.	Class Number 2272	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Location 280 Building Rm 030
Furniture 1: Chair Studio	2118 (001)	Erik Newman	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This furniture studio will critically engage the chair as an archetype. Chairs have long been a fascination of designers as they require a developed understanding of structure, material, and form. Importantly, chairs represent the cultural mores of the time in which they are produced and are inextricably linked to larger systems of power, technology, and economy. This course will explore the chair as a fluid, dynamic furniture category that is in a reciprocal relationship with culture, technology, and politics and will emphasize a hands-on approach to design and production. Readings from art and design historians and critics including Galen Cranz, David Getsy, Richard Sennett, Glenn Adamson, and Alice Rawsthorn will be integral to an expansive conversation about the chair. Class readings and discussions will also help contextualize different approaches to construction and fabrication at different scales of production. A wide range of both contemporary and historical design precedents will be explored ranging from traditional Shaker Furniture to Wendell Castle, Faye Toogood, Max Lamb, Egg Collective, Jasper Morrison, and Scott Burton. By the end of this course, students should expect to have completed technical drawings and a series of detailed scale models. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Sophomore-level or above.	Class Number 1305	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design, Furniture Design Location Sullivan Center 1242
Digital Modeling: Rhino	2124 (001)		Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to be a fast-paced first step into the field of 3D CAD modeling, an arena where designers give shape to our daily experience of the world. If this is your first exposure to virtual 3D form development, you will find a flexible interface that facilitates a rapid learning curve from simple to complex. For those with prior CAD experience desiring a more intuitive, less restrictive creative experience, this course will provide the means to turn what you see in your mind and your sketches into exciting visual and precise physically accurate representations of your vision. Throughout the semester we will discuss historical and current events in product, fashion and architectural design. Typically, these shared conversations lead to discoveries that participants dig into and apply to assignments. A list of influential artists, designers and architects is provided along with suggested books and online references that enrich and add diversity and range to our discourse. Initially, the class works through a series of exercises and tutorials designed to bring familiarity and confidence to their experience with Rhino. Students will investigate methods for surfacing, modifying, rendering, and presenting ideas and concepts they create. As each tool and process becomes more familiar, new methods and strategies are introduced, and students are taught how to apply them to create accurate representative models of objects they design. In addition to gaining hands-on skills, we will explore form creation and the physical, cognitive, emotional, social, and cultural factors that play into the development of a successful new product.	Class Number 1296	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Digital Communication, Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1258
Code Sourcery: Algorithmic Practices	2125 (001)	Alan Perry	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Coding in time and space is as old as pottery or drumbeats. Magic was an executable code interfaced to the world long before computers and networks. Through selected readings and hackable code in Processing, this course will provide a perspective on algorithmic practices from incantations, weaving and tiling patterns to generative systems, glitching and software sourcery. The instructor, a master digital printmaker, will share his expertise, but student projects can be developed in any medium.	Class Number 1147	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Art and Science, Interaction and Participation, Theory Location MacLean 521
Digital Modeling: Solidworks	2126 (001)	Angie Lullie	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to SolidWorks, a powerful parametric software package used by product designers to model, indicate specifications, and visualize their design intent. Students will learn the software in the context of design by using it as a tool to develop form and scale, convey design intent with 3D renders, create specification drawings for manufacturing, and interface with 3d printers, CNC machines, and laser cutters for quick iterative prototyping. This course will focus on a series of tutorials followed by hands-on design projects that will provide intensive training in 3D modeling, 3D printing, and photo-realistic 3D rendering.This will allow the students to make judgements on which 3D tools to use at what stage to develop the most efficient models. The tools will be explained through examples and demonstrations, which will allow the students to practice the tools during class. Students are expected to complete 4 projects. The projects will include learning 2D sketch tools and creating relations through existing logos, modeling existing products with multiple components, developing an original design based on an existing brand or artist, and collaborating within a group on a system of objects.	Class Number 1301	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1226
Light Experiments	2130 (001)	Gregory Mowery	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class will be an exploration of the electric light as an art medium. Through the demonstration of various electric light technologies the student will learn both the traditional use of lighting and installation and also an experimental approach to lighting that will produce unexpected visual effects. Students may work in individual or group projects that will span the range of light use from architectural design to performance as well as merging with other media such as sound.	Class Number 1133	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Public Space, Site, Landscape, Art and Science Location MacLean B1-16
The Artist as Stylist?: Fashion Signifiers in Art	2143 (001)	Caroline Marie Bellios	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description If you could only be seen in one outfit for the rest of your life ? what would it be? How would you represent who you are through your choice of silhouette, color, pattern, and texture? In this course we will take a look at art?s ability to freeze moments, and garments, in time. What did the sitter (or the artist) chose to clothe the body? How did fashion and its power of communication function within the time the art work was made? What choices did the artist make to idealize or change their representation of the garments? In statues from Ancient Greece fabrics flow around bodies like liquids, 18th century subjects were often painted in swathes of fabric meant to suggest ancient ideals through similar (impossible) textiles, and today Kara Walker uses those same floating fabrics on bodies to critique less than ideal idealists. To 19th century Impressionists the urgency of Modernity could only be represented by using contemporary garments, today Kehinde Wiley dresses a man on a horse in a hoodie. What clues tell us a figure is a warrior or a captive in work of the Nazca from ancient Peru? How can we read hairstyles in Ukiyo-e paintings from 17th century Japan? What do Jeffery Gibson and Nick Cave want us to see when they create coverings for bodies? And what was Amy Sherald trying to tell us about Michelle Obama? We will utilize the collections of the Art Institute, The Field Museum, and others around the city to look closely, sketch, and research. Students will read, lead discussions, write daily reflections, explore through making, and develop skills in critical looking leading to two short research papers examining works of their choice. In statues from Ancient Greece fabrics flow around bodies like liquids, 18th century subjects were often painted in swathes of fabric meant to suggest ancient ideals through similar (impossible) textiles, and today Kara Walker uses those same floating fabrics on bodies to critique less than ideal idealists. To 19th century Impressionists the urgency of Modernity could only be represented by using contemporary garments, today Kehinde Wiley dresses a man on a horse in a hoodie. What clues tell us a figure is a king in Incan pottery? How can we read hairstyles in Ukiyo-e paintings from Japan? What do Jeffery Gibson and Nick Cave want us to see when they create coverings for bodies? And what was Amy Sherald trying to tell us about Michelle Obama? We will visit the collections of the Art Institute, The Field Museum, and other collections around the city to look closely, sketch, and research. Students will read, lead discussions, write daily reflections, and develop skills in critical looking leading to two short research papers examining works of their choice. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 2278	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Class, Race, Ethnicity, Costume Design, Museum Studies Location MacLean 608
History Of Architecture & Design I	2191 (001)	John P Smagner	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This course surveys the history of architecture and design, including furnishings, decorative arts and interiors, from the earliest settlements of the Neolithic Era until the onset of Neoclassicism in the late Eighteenth Century. Special attention is given to the developments that have remained most influential within the architecture and design of today, with particular emphasis on ancient Greece and Rome, Early Christian, Byzantine and early Islam, the European Middle Ages, and the Renaissance, Baroque and Rococo cultures. Through extensive lectures and readings, special focus in this class is devoted to the art of the Greek temple, Roman civil engineering, the rise of monasticism in the early Middle Ages, early Byzantine and early Islamic religious design, pilgrimage and Romanesque church building, Gothic Europe and the age of cathedrals, Italian Renaissance architecture and the rise of Humanism, Baroque churches and papal patronage, French chateaux and absolute monarchy, and the origins of Modernism during the eighteenth-century Enlightenment. Students will complete a combination of in-class and take-home exams along with a final research paper on a topic chosen in consultation with the instructor. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1051	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 707
Narrative in Theory and Practice	2198 (001)	Mark N. Stafford, Zachary Tavlin	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This studio symposium joins an exploration of narrative theory (narratology) with workshops where students write and make their own narrative art across different forms and media. Narratology is concerned with big questions about storytelling: What are the fundamental concepts of narrative? How do narratives work, and how do we process and understand them? What are the key differences between alternative narrative forms? How do differences in media, genre, and cultural traditions inform how stories are constructed and understood? How have narrative forms changed over time, up to our digital present? Why do we share a common drive to tell stories in and with our making? We will read foundational theoretical texts (from Aristotle to twentieth-century and contemporary authors) and discuss them in relation to mythic, literary, cinematic, graphic, serial, and visual art narratives. Students will bring new ideas to the studio, where they will develop and complete narrative works individually and collectively. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1536	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 202
Narrative in Theory and Practice	2198 (001)	Mark N. Stafford, Zachary Tavlin	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This studio symposium joins an exploration of narrative theory (narratology) with workshops where students write and make their own narrative art across different forms and media. Narratology is concerned with big questions about storytelling: What are the fundamental concepts of narrative? How do narratives work, and how do we process and understand them? What are the key differences between alternative narrative forms? How do differences in media, genre, and cultural traditions inform how stories are constructed and understood? How have narrative forms changed over time, up to our digital present? Why do we share a common drive to tell stories in and with our making? We will read foundational theoretical texts (from Aristotle to twentieth-century and contemporary authors) and discuss them in relation to mythic, literary, cinematic, graphic, serial, and visual art narratives. Students will bring new ideas to the studio, where they will develop and complete narrative works individually and collectively. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1536	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Location Lakeview - 202
Narrative in Theory and Practice	2198 (001)	Mark N. Stafford, Zachary Tavlin	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio symposium joins an exploration of narrative theory (narratology) with workshops where students write and make their own narrative art across different forms and media. Narratology is concerned with big questions about storytelling: What are the fundamental concepts of narrative? How do narratives work, and how do we process and understand them? What are the key differences between alternative narrative forms? How do differences in media, genre, and cultural traditions inform how stories are constructed and understood? How have narrative forms changed over time, up to our digital present? Why do we share a common drive to tell stories in and with our making? We will read foundational theoretical texts (from Aristotle to twentieth-century and contemporary authors) and discuss them in relation to mythic, literary, cinematic, graphic, serial, and visual art narratives. Students will bring new ideas to the studio, where they will develop and complete narrative works individually and collectively.	Class Number 1827	Credits 3	Department Undergraduate Studies Location MacLean 112
Narrative in Theory and Practice	2198 (001)	Mark N. Stafford, Zachary Tavlin	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio symposium joins an exploration of narrative theory (narratology) with workshops where students write and make their own narrative art across different forms and media. Narratology is concerned with big questions about storytelling: What are the fundamental concepts of narrative? How do narratives work, and how do we process and understand them? What are the key differences between alternative narrative forms? How do differences in media, genre, and cultural traditions inform how stories are constructed and understood? How have narrative forms changed over time, up to our digital present? Why do we share a common drive to tell stories in and with our making? We will read foundational theoretical texts (from Aristotle to twentieth-century and contemporary authors) and discuss them in relation to mythic, literary, cinematic, graphic, serial, and visual art narratives. Students will bring new ideas to the studio, where they will develop and complete narrative works individually and collectively.	Class Number 1827	Credits 3	Department Undergraduate Studies Location MacLean 112
Modern and Contemporary Latin American Art	2206 (001)	Josh L. Gomez	Thurs 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This is an undergraduate survey of modernism and postmodernism in Latin America from the 1920s through the present. Topics will include national identity and 'anthropophagy' in the first wave of modernism in the region, debates over Surrealism and realism in the 1930s, the transition from 'concrete to 'neo-concrete' form and the link between architecture and developmentalism in the 1940s, 1950s and 1960s, conceptual art and politics in the 1960s and 1970s, and more recent sculptural, photographic, performance, and relational practices. Specific topics include the cosmopolitan avant-garde that appeared in Mexico at the start of the 1920s, the theorization of anthropofagia in Brazil and indigenismo in Peru, Cuba?s Grupo Minorista, Mexican muralism and surrealism, Joaquin Torres-Garcia?s introduction of abstraction to Uruguay and Argentina, links between art and architecture in Venezuelan and Brazilian developmentalism, the rise of kinetic and participatory approaches in the 1950s and 1960s, conceptual art as a response to the dictatorships of the 1960s and 1970s, Latinx and Chicanx actions and performance in the United States, the politics of memory in post-dictatorship/violence art in Chile and Colombia, persistent questions of borders and internationalism in contemporary approaches to ?relational aesthetics? in Central America and the Caribbean, and many other examples. This course requires weekly reading responses, two papers, and a final exam. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1066	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 1608
Beyond Oriental: 20th Century Asian American Art	2385 (001)	Larry Lee	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This course examines the emergence, growth and evolution of art by Asian Pacific Islander Americans throughout the twentieth century especially in the aftermath of the Civil Rights Movement that also spawned a genesis of Asian American identity, culture and activism to the late 1980?s during the apex of multiculturalism and the politics of representation to the transnationalism of the new millennium and beyond. Through readings, field trips, and film screenings, our class will consider the ongoing debate of what constitutes Asian American art by looking at artists including Isamu Noguchi, Roger Shimomura, Nam June Paik, Yoko Ono, Maya Lin, Tseng Kwong Chi and others within these historical, cultural and political contexts to discuss how questions related to stereotype, cultural difference, gender politics, and identity construction affected and shaped its development and meaning. Course work will include in-class presentation, two research papers as well as a mid-term and final exam. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1081	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Class, Race, Ethnicity Location Lakeview - 1608
Animation I: Drawing for Animation	2420 (001)	James Trainor	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class introduces the traditional animation techniques of creating movement through successive drawings. Techniques include metamorphosis, walking cycles, holds, squash and stretch, blur and resistance. Students use the pencil test Lunch-Box to view their work . Students complete a series of exercises encouraging a full range of animation skills and a final project. Films illustrating drawn-animation techniques are screened regularly.	Class Number 1475	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Illustration, Animation Location MacLean 717
Animation I: Drawing for Animation	2420 (002)	Matthew Marsden	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class introduces the traditional animation techniques of creating movement through successive drawings. Techniques include metamorphosis, walking cycles, holds, squash and stretch, blur and resistance. Students use the pencil test Lunch-Box to view their work . Students complete a series of exercises encouraging a full range of animation skills and a final project. Films illustrating drawn-animation techniques are screened regularly.	Class Number 1476	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Illustration, Animation Location MacLean 717
Animation I: Drawing for Animation	2420 (003)	James Trainor	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class introduces the traditional animation techniques of creating movement through successive drawings. Techniques include metamorphosis, walking cycles, holds, squash and stretch, blur and resistance. Students use the pencil test Lunch-Box to view their work . Students complete a series of exercises encouraging a full range of animation skills and a final project. Films illustrating drawn-animation techniques are screened regularly.	Class Number 1487	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Illustration, Animation Location MacLean 717
History of Korean Art	2460 (001)	Yeonsoo Chee	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course introduces Korean visual culture by examining images and objects in their historical, social, religious, and philosophical contexts. It covers key examples of paintings, ceramics and Buddhist art from the Three Kingdoms period to the Choson dynasty, through Modern Korean art, This course helps students gain a comprehensive understanding of traditional Korean visual culture and its modern legacy. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1083	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 608
Origins of Modern Architecture	2500 (001)	Timothy Wittman	Tues 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description This course examines significant developments in European architecture, with regard to structure, function, and style, from the Industrial Revolution in the late 18th century through the outbreak of World War I. Major architects and their works are dealt with in the context of pertinent practical, theoretical, and social issues, to assess the overall prominence of architecture in the period of emergent modernism in Europe. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1052	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 1608
History of Dress	2566 (001)	Sandra Adams	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is a chronological history of human dress from pre-history to the 20th century, and from archaeological remains of ancient cultures, through diverse global material technologies and markets influencing dress, through European monarchical and social class attire, to global exploration and colonialist effects upon worldwide human dress and ways of life. Portraiture, artistic dress and reform dress will be seen to evolve and transform long-standing gender binaries in human dress. Historic styles will be seen to continue to influence contemporary dress and fashions. The sartorial contributions of diverse historical and global human cultures also be appreciated for their innovations and ongoing influences. All students may become conversant with the anatomy, language and literature of dress. Learning experiences include lectures, readings, library and museum visits, observational sketching and noting from documents of dress, film viewing and spoken illustrated presentations in class. Focus on primary, secondary and tertiary sources of clothing information will be essential. Historical accuracy, creative anachronisms and research of period clothing will be expressed in film viewing and Ryerson Library antique costume books. Visits to Art Institute curatorial departments to view period armor, textiles and garments will provide essential experiences of historic dress. Assignments will include: self-introductory observations on a museum exhibition visit, a spoken presentation from a group of diverse Documents of Dress sketched and noted by each student on visits to about 6 libraries, museum installations and curatorial departments, and a final presentation/research paper of 10 pages on a Personification of Style, an individual whose attire and accomplishments made important cultural contribution in their time. Citations and bibliography are essential for credit. Knowing your sources is essential. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1053	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Costume Design Location Lakeview - 203
Film Analysis	2583 (001)	Bruce Jenkins	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to serve as an introduction to film analysis, in which students learn the basic concepts and vocabulary of film aesthetics and criticism. We examine different trajectories of film, studying mainstream film practices next to alternative ones. By studying the basics of film form and film style, through examples from different national cinemas, genres, and directorial oeuvres, students learn to analyze and write about films as both formal and cultural constructs. Along with questions of film technique and style, we study cinema's relationship to popular culture and fine art. The films discussed include works by Griffith, Eisenstein, Welles, Hitchcock, and Godard. This course does not assume any prior exposure to film studies. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1100	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 1307
INTERIORITY ON SCREEN	2588 (001)		Tues 6:00 PM - 9:00 PM In Person
Description What possibilities does filmic language offer for representing the inner lives and interior states of characters/human-subjects on screen? This course focuses on cinematic works that depict the subjectivities and mental states of their characters in unconventional, intimate, and poetic manners. Point-of-view (POV), point-of-audition (POA), close-ups, voice-over, characterization, performance style and depiction of dreams are among the cinematic elements and concepts that will be critically explored and defamiliarized throughout the course. Screenings and close study of works by filmmakers such as Lynne Ramsay, Barbara Loden, Lucrecia Martel, Todd Haynes, Apichatpong Weerasethakul, ildikó enyedi, Kathleen Collins, Márta Mészáros, Elem Klimov and Krzysztof Kie¿lowski will be accompanied by scholarly and personal essays and readings. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 2412	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Theory Location Gene Siskel Film Center 203
Photography: History, Theory, and Practice	2620 (001)	Alice Maggie Hazard	Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course examines the photographs made in response to the shaping influences of 19th and 20th century global cultures. Our understanding of the issues guiding visual history has been sensitized by iconic as well as lesser known photographs and it is those meaningful images that are addressed across the semester. Because photography has been transformed across its history as technology altered practice and practice altered how the medium was conceptualized, the study of social and intellectual history along side the making of imagery is central if the larger purposes of photography are to be grasped and shared. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 2167	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 608
19th Century Photography	2621 (001)	Giovanni Aloi	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course discusses the development of photography as both an art and a tool, including its invention, the initial social reaction to the photograph, the careers of major photographers, movements, and commercial publishers. The interrelationships between photography, art, science, and society are emphasized. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1062	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 202
History Of Sonic Art	2660 (001)	Seth Kim-Cohen	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers an historical survey of music as a sonic art form from the Futurists to the present day. Emphasis is placed on works that tune the performance environment, explore sound as sculpture, interact with the listener/viewer, and employ intermedia. Class discussions include topics such as basic psycho-acoustics, sound manipulation, conceptual art, installation techniques, and constructivist aesthetics. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1091	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location Lakeview - 1608
Introduction to Video Art	2670 (001)	Bruce Jenkins	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to provide a comprehensive introduction to the history of video art from its emergence in the late 1960s through our present moment. Students will examine key works and the major historical, cultural, and aesthetic influences on the form. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1063	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Digital Communication Location MacLean 1307
Film Analysis	2701 (001)	Bruce Jenkins	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to serve as an introduction to film analysis, in which students learn the basic concepts and vocabulary of film aesthetics and criticism. We examine different trajectories of film, studying mainstream film practices next to alternative ones. By studying the basics of film form and film style, through examples from different national cinemas, genres, and directorial oeuvres, students learn to analyze and write about films as both formal and cultural constructs. Along with questions of film technique and style, we study cinema's relationship to popular culture and fine art. The films discussed include works by Griffith, Eisenstein, Welles, Hitchcock, and Godard. This course does not assume any prior exposure to film studies. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 2371	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Location MacLean 1307
Introduction to Video Art	2702 (001)	Bruce Jenkins	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This course is designed to provide a comprehensive introduction to the history of video art from its emergence in the late 1960s through our present moment. Students will examine key works and the major historical, cultural, and aesthetic influences on the form. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 2372	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Communication Location MacLean 1307
Interwar Art: Notions of Beauty	2865 (001)	Mark Krisco	Thurs 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description Exploring the art, fashion, music of the 'Jazz Age'this class reveals the enduring impact 1920's aesthetics has had on contemporary fashion, art and social customs. Starting with an exploration of the differing mind sets of Europeans versus Americans, this class then takes an in-depth look of the artists and lifestyles 1920's Paris that had been greatly impacted by the influx of Americans after the First World War. The class ends with the lasting legacy of the Jazz Age, which was seen particularly in the 1960's, but currently has resurfaced in contemporary issues of gender identity. More specifically, this class examines using film and texts the two key Jazz Age couples; F. Scott and Zelda Fitzgerald and Gerald and Sara Murphy. The former couple establishing the persona of 'the flapper' and the latter couple establishing a major link between American in France and the Famous School of Paris artists particularly Picasso. Other key figures are examined such as the first major Chinese American actress Anna May Wong and the black performer Josephine Baker as well as fashion designer Coco Chanel and film star Clara Bow. Course work revolves around two key texts as well as a reading the Great Gatsby. Reading questions accompany the 1st text and essay is required to explore the other text in relation to the Great Gatsby. There is also one final paper on one Jazz age artists of the student's choice. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement	Class Number 1093	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Location MacLean 920
Intermediate Sculpture	3000 (001)	Nyeema Morgan	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students in this course pursue assignment-based explorations in sculpture. Technical demonstrations help students develop material interests and studio skills, including innovative uses of both traditional and digital processes. Within the semester students will produce (three) projects with a focus on the artistic and social contextualization of their work. Multiple individual critiques help students analyze their work and articulate their intentions. Student presentations and readings deepen the student?s theoretical groundings in the discipline. Class critiques are a workshop forum for application of the knowledge and verbal skills that define an artistic and aesthetic position. Prerequisites Prerequisite: SCULP 1101 or SCULP 2001	Class Number 1774	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Location 280 Building Rm 015
Analog Sound Studio	3000 (001)	Whitney D. Johnson	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Studio Techniques is an intermediate-level course that approaches the analog recording studio and its technologies as a creative environment for sound manipulation and exploration. Beginning with the sound sample as a material basis, the course combines a detailed approach to the fundamentals of acoustics and auditory perception with thorough instruction on analog signal processing and mixing. Students produce assigned and independent projects using these sample-based analog techniques. Topics are supplemented by listening exercises and examples of various artists? works to give historical and cultural context. Topics in acoustics and auditory perception include sound localization, spatial characteristics of sound, frequency spectrum, and dynamics and loudness. Artists and musicians whose works serve as examples include Carl Stone, Jaap Blonk, John Wall, Laetitia Sonami, Moreno Veloso, and others. Assigned projects include generating disparate sound materials from simple sources; composing sound/music works using self-generated samples and sources; live mixing/composing using analog technologies; independent projects using technologies and strategies introduced in the course content. Prerequisites Prerequisite: SOUND 2001 or permission of instructor.	Class Number 1153	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Location MacLean 416
Fashion Construction III	3001 (001)	Aubrie J. Meyer	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description As a project-based course, Fashion Construction III introduces the intermediate construction principles for pants and jackets. Tailoring, cut-and-sew knitwear, and creative draping techniques used on a variety of body types, and gender expressions are explored. The principles of proportion, balance, and fit as required for the achievement of well-made garments will also be studied. Pre req: minimum two Fashion construction classes: FASH 2001, FASH 2003, FASH 2020, FASH2022 or FASH2024 Prerequisites Student must have completed either FASH 2900 or FASH 2003	Class Number 1419	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 704
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (001)	Caitlin Cherry	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1665	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 305
Offset Productions	3001 (001)	Eric Von Haynes	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class introduces students to the concepts and production of distributable artists' projects. Working closely with faculty, students develop projects to be printed on the Heidelberg offset press and Risograph machines. Multiples such as prints, books, zines, posters, stickers, cards, and packaging are examples of potential projects that utilize these high-volume printing processes. Image creation methods include digital, photo, collage, and hand-drawing. Adobe Creative Suite and a variety of binding and packaging techniques will be demonstrated. Through hands-on examples, readings, and visits to special collections, such as the Joan Flasch Artist Book Collection, a wide range of printed work and distributable projects will be shared and discussed. Over the semester, students can expect to complete a number of multi-color offset and risograph projects and participate in two critiques.	Class Number 1601	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 220
Global Research Studio	3001 (001)	Monika Niwelinska	Wed 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM In Person
Description Transnational Temporalities: Interdisciplinary Research and Practice is a required course for international and AICAD exchange students who are new to SAIC, but have already completed a substantial amount of advanced level or independent coursework. Students enrolled in this class will use utilize both traditional and experimental research methodologies, access the many archives and resources available at SAIC and across Chicago, and participate in a vigorous studio-based critical dialogue about their studio work with a global awareness. The course will encourage students to make connections between this class and their respective areas of studio interest or specialization ¿ through recognition of global identities (otherness and representation, deconstructing difference, decolonization), global contextualization, global art history and it's asymmetries, as well as subject driven themes in global contemporary art: place, time, memory, materiality, body, identity, language, science, among others. To make engaging art requires the artist to recognize the cultural context of their time, to think critically in regards to that context, and to make art or design works in response. The more an artist or designer seeks to problematize and add greater complexity to what interests them, the more polyvocal their practice will become. Examples of artists and designers to be addressed in this course include: Richard Tufte, Shirin Neshat, Hito Steyerl, Zhang Huan, Mark Lombardi, Tehching Hsieh, Christian Boltanski, Kara Walker, Song Dong, Cai Guo-Qiang, Brian Jungen, Nick Cave, Doris Salcedo, Anish Kapoor, Olafur Eliasson, LaToya Ruby Frazier, Marina Abramovic, Ai Weiwei, Andy Goldsworthy, Roni Horn, Sophie Ristelhueber, Kehinde Wiley, Jeff Wall, James Turell, Lorna Simpson, Tonika Lewis Johnson, Alfredo Jaar, Dawit Petros,, Danh Vo, Guerilla Girls, Tonika Lewis Johnson (The Folded Map Project) and Lucy Orta. The course structure will provide three tiers of interaction, student to instructor, student to student, and student to content. The class relies on weekly assignment-based projects, peer-to-peer feedback, and self-paced visual material. Historical and contemporary readings and screenings provide a conceptual framework for the course work, which will include weekly reading & screening responses supporting live and online discussions (through Canvas), short visual exercises, a research presentation on a specific artist, and a final project.	Class Number 1828	Credits 3	Department Undergraduate Studies Area of Study Art/Design and Politics Location Lakeview - 202
Intermediate Graphic Design	3001 (001)	Mark Stammers	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Experiments in visual communication challenge the student to further refine visual thinking and integrate basic studies through applied problems. The importance of flexibility of approach is stressed at this level. Through experimentation, the problem is defined and organized; imagery and message are manipulated; awareness of potential solutions is increased. A student's portfolio must be pre-approved by the visual communication department for enrollment in this course. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Student must pass VISCOM Portfolio Review, please message VISCOM for more details on portfolio reviews	Class Number 1855	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1116
Top: Global Media Industries	3001 (001)	Peter L Haratonik	Thurs 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This seminar explores various media industries from both US and Global perspectives. A number of major topic areas are examined. We historically compare the media industries before the Internet era. We then take an overview of a variety of today's media businesses followed by an examination of current global television business and management structures. We also survey the competitive and creative outlook in areas such as programming, distribution, markets and seek to develop a basic knowledge of nomenclature, practices and career paths. Readings include work by media theorists such as Theodor Adorno and Marshall McLuhan and by contemporary business strategists Jim Collins and Morten Hansen. Screenings include documentaries by Adam Curtis and Douglas Rushkoff. Assignments include responses to weekly readings, a commentary on current research, an at home exam that examines readings in-depth, and a project that explores each student¿s interest in the media industries. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1829	Credits 3	Department Visual and Critical Studies Location Lakeview - 202
Fashion Construction III	3001 (002)	Aubrie J. Meyer	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description As a project-based course, Fashion Construction III introduces the intermediate construction principles for pants and jackets. Tailoring, cut-and-sew knitwear, and creative draping techniques used on a variety of body types, and gender expressions are explored. The principles of proportion, balance, and fit as required for the achievement of well-made garments will also be studied. Pre req: minimum two Fashion construction classes: FASH 2001, FASH 2003, FASH 2020, FASH2022 or FASH2024 Prerequisites Student must have completed either FASH 2900 or FASH 2003	Class Number 1420	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 703
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (002)	Erin Washington	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1666	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 318
Offset Productions	3001 (002)	Tom Denlinger	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class introduces students to the concepts and production of distributable artists' projects. Working closely with faculty, students develop projects to be printed on the Heidelberg offset press and Risograph machines. Multiples such as prints, books, zines, posters, stickers, cards, and packaging are examples of potential projects that utilize these high-volume printing processes. Image creation methods include digital, photo, collage, and hand-drawing. Adobe Creative Suite and a variety of binding and packaging techniques will be demonstrated. Through hands-on examples, readings, and visits to special collections, such as the Joan Flasch Artist Book Collection, a wide range of printed work and distributable projects will be shared and discussed. Over the semester, students can expect to complete a number of multi-color offset and risograph projects and participate in two critiques.	Class Number 1604	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 220
Intermediate Graphic Design	3001 (002)	Jacob Ristau	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Experiments in visual communication challenge the student to further refine visual thinking and integrate basic studies through applied problems. The importance of flexibility of approach is stressed at this level. Through experimentation, the problem is defined and organized; imagery and message are manipulated; awareness of potential solutions is increased. A student's portfolio must be pre-approved by the visual communication department for enrollment in this course. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Student must pass VISCOM Portfolio Review, please message VISCOM for more details on portfolio reviews	Class Number 1864	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design Location Sharp 1213
Top: Visual Anthropology	3001 (002)	Matilda Stubbs	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course provides an introduction to social theories of visual communication and to methods of critiquing, producing, and displaying visual representations of cultural phenomena. Drawing primarily from anthropology and ethnographic research, students will explore the significance of visual images to represent and document identity, behavior, and everyday life. This includes examining how even ways of viewing - sight - are shaped, and also vary by and within, culture. Influences from film, photography, and graphic design provide examples of how the social sciences may incorporate these technologies from other disciplines, into behavioral analysis and to understand culture. However, the consequences of visual content creation and circulation (unintended or otherwise), features heavily in the course topics such as: travel photography, photojournalism, social media, and digital activism. Course readings and ethnographic films focus on documentary developments spanning the 20th century - from the silent picture era, scientific cinema, and cinema verite - to internet media like virtual reality, gifs, screenshots, and Tik Toks. In reviewing this learning content, students will conduct comparative analysis of still, moving, and digital images while also creating their own visual content in the process. Learning activities include in-class breakout groups and students presentations, as well as independent work involving ethnographic drawing, a photo essay, film critique paper, and meme ethnography research project. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1830	Credits 3	Department Visual and Critical Studies Location Lakeview - 1608
Fashion Construction III	3001 (003)		Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description As a project-based course, Fashion Construction III introduces the intermediate construction principles for pants and jackets. Tailoring, cut-and-sew knitwear, and creative draping techniques used on a variety of body types, and gender expressions are explored. The principles of proportion, balance, and fit as required for the achievement of well-made garments will also be studied. Pre req: minimum two Fashion construction classes: FASH 2001, FASH 2003, FASH 2020, FASH2022 or FASH2024 Prerequisites Student must have completed either FASH 2900 or FASH 2003	Class Number 1422	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 705
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (003)	Paola Cabal	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1667	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 318
Top: Curating in the Expanded Field	3001 (003)	Jose Gibran Villalobos	Tues 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description Curating today is a dynamic, many-facetted activity with open boundaries: artists, writers, historians, editors, event-, festival- and symposium organizers generate projects, configure actors and move objects across platforms. This course will trace pathways through the many options contemporary art worlds hold. It will explore curatorial rationales, outcomes and support materials by parsing examples through images, readings and site visits. Students are encouraged to develop curatorial prototypes. Both playful experimentation and the framing of more formal proposals will be supported. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1835	Credits 3	Department Visual and Critical Studies Location MacLean 112
Fashion Construction III	3001 (004)	Pamela Vanderlinde	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description As a project-based course, Fashion Construction III introduces the intermediate construction principles for pants and jackets. Tailoring, cut-and-sew knitwear, and creative draping techniques used on a variety of body types, and gender expressions are explored. The principles of proportion, balance, and fit as required for the achievement of well-made garments will also be studied. Pre req: minimum two Fashion construction classes: FASH 2001, FASH 2003, FASH 2020, FASH2022 or FASH2024 Prerequisites Student must have completed either FASH 2900 or FASH 2003	Class Number 2474	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 703
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (004)	Karen Azarnia	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1668	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 305
Top: Artists' Autofiction	3001 (004)	Patrick Durgin	Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description These courses draw on the instructor's particular expertise and are pertinent to an understanding of the social influences on and consequences of the production and dissemination of visual images. Topics vary depending on the individual instructor. See topic description for further information. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 2220	Credits 3	Department Visual and Critical Studies Location MacLean 707
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (005)	Don Southard	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1669	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 318
Top: Musicking	3001 (005)	Danny Floyd	Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description Musicking is an analytical methodology developed by musicologist Christopher Small which redefines music as a verb and a performance of social relations wherein producer and audience reciprocally participate. This course uses this approach as a starting point towards broader definitions of participatory culture and investigations of other sensorial media that intersect or compliment musical participation. We examine music's unique position in 'Visual' Studies, fluidly situated between so-called 'high' and 'low' artforms, between pop-culture and creative practice. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 2240	Credits 3	Department Visual and Critical Studies Location MacLean 617
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (006)	Larissa Setareh Borteh	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1670	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 305
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (007)	Judith Geichman	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1671	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 305
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (008)	Rush Baker IV	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1672	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 318
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (009)	Susan Kraut	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1720	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 318
Painting Studio A: Multi-Level	3001 (010)	Dylan Rabe	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course investigates painting materials, application, color, form, and ideas through contemporary and traditional methodologies. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students can explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects. This course serves as a requirement and preparation for topic-based Painting Studio Multi-Level B classes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 1101, 2001, 2004 or PTDW 3003	Class Number 1721	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 305
Fashion Design III	3002 (001)	Caroline Marie Bellios	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description As a project-based course, Fashion Design III teaches primary and secondary topical research, and in the context of a historical and cultural framework, students establish their personal point-of-view in fashion. Students will create in-depth research journals and develop a personal visualization style. Students will learn expansive fabric manipulations that lead to distinct styling and collection development to support capsule collection (three looks) development in intermediate studio. Particular attention is given to the use of color, texture, patterns, and design refinement. Pre req: Student must have completed FASH 2900 or receive instructor permission. Instructor permission will be granted with the completion of any 2 of the following Fashion Design classes: FASH 2002, 2005, 2006, 2010, 2016, 2018, 2023, 3005, 3016, 3033. For Summer 2024, this includes a portfolio review as well. Prerequisites FASH 2900 or Instructor Permission	Class Number 1424	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 701
Ptg Std B:The Abstract Image	3002 (001)	Richard Hull	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio class will be an exploration of the premise that all paintings are abstract. Whether an image is found and formed from observation or imagination, that image is ultimately an abstraction of its source. We will address issues of Abstraction, Representation, and Conceptualism. Shape, color, composition and intent--no matter what the image--will be the class's focus. This is a studio class. There will be no readings. Examples of other artist work will be given in response to the individual student's work. Every assignment is based on the students own work. All the assignments are surprises. The students will work a lot, some make more work than others. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 3001, 3003 or 3030	Class Number 1698	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 305
Advanced Woven Structures: Hand and Digital	3002 (001)	Kira Dominguez Hultgren	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This intensive studio course will focus on weaving and its relation to the evolving landscapes of contemporary art, cultural production, and identity. Working with multi-harness floor looms, students will engage rigorous conceptual questions in abstraction, figuration, sculptural form, spatial intervention, performative action, technology, and language to develop a mature body of woven work. Vocabulary will be expanded through the study of complex woven constructions, digital drafting, and dye processes. Feminist, queer, and decolonial approaches to weaving will be introduced and encouraged. Designed for advanced students, this course engenders an interdisciplinary weaving practice by blurring the boundaries between fiber, critical craft, painting, material culture, sculpture, textile history, architecture, and technology studies. Students will consider the history and the future of the field through a varying roster of artists including significant figures such as Sheila Hicks, Lenore Tawney, Magdalena Abakanowicz, and Olga de Amaral alongside contemporary generations such as Sonya Clark, Miguel Arzabe, Diedrick Brackens, Erin M. Riley, Josh Faught, Samantha Bittman, and Cecilia Vicuña. This work will be supported by texts that typically include Anni Albers, Legacy Russel, T'ai Smith, Julia Bryan-Wilson, and César Paternosto. Critical discussion of core texts and individualized research will occur in tandem with weekly studio activity. Students will produce a series of studies and 2 - 4 fully realized woven works that will be developed through in-process discussions and presented in major critique settings. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Sophomore-level or above.	Class Number 1462	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 1011
Large-Format	3002 (001)	Robert Clarke-Davis	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Large Format Photography introduces students to the concepts and aesthetics of working with a large-format view camera. Students will learn pre-visualization, camera movements, perspective control, large-format optics, and sheet film handling. Through flexible assignments, they are encouraged to develop a personal style while exploring traditional genres such as portraiture, landscape, studio, and architecture. Technical skills include view camera setup, the zone system, large-format scanning, and both analog and digital printing. Each student is assigned a 4x5 studio camera and has access to 8x10 and 4x5 field cameras, along with various optics and accessories. Prerequisites Prerequisite: 3 credits of PHOTO 2000 level courses.	Class Number 1581	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 206
Envisioning Information: Analysis and Display	3002 (001)	Stephen Farrell	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description How does graphic design facilitate the ways we gather, give and receive information? How might we use typography and pictures, diagrams and symbols, sequence and spatial configuration to untangle a raw mass of data, guide a complex procedure, open (or suppress) correlations or satisfy multiple users' needs? This studio course explores principles and concepts of information design and visual display. Emphasis will be placed on analysis and mapping of raw data, structuring hierarchical and parallel pieces of information, enforcing statistical honesty, picturing nouns (maps, timetables?)j and picturing verbs (representation of mechanisms and motion, narrative...). This course is a core requirement for all Visual Communication students. We will look at examples and strategies from several of Edward Tufte?s books and a wide spectrum of visualizations throughout history. Each week, teams of students will analyze data visualizations from New York Times, History Shots and others. There are two shorter projects which introduce basic concepts via typographic hierarchies and quantitative analysis. These are followed with two larger team projects: one print-based visualization of a macro-system, and one screen-based exploration of personal analytics. Prerequisites Prerequisite: VISCOM 3001 and VISCOM 3011.	Class Number 1869	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Digital Communication, Graphic Design Location Sharp 1117
Fashion Design III	3002 (002)	Caroline Marie Bellios	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description As a project-based course, Fashion Design III teaches primary and secondary topical research, and in the context of a historical and cultural framework, students establish their personal point-of-view in fashion. Students will create in-depth research journals and develop a personal visualization style. Students will learn expansive fabric manipulations that lead to distinct styling and collection development to support capsule collection (three looks) development in intermediate studio. Particular attention is given to the use of color, texture, patterns, and design refinement. Pre req: Student must have completed FASH 2900 or receive instructor permission. Instructor permission will be granted with the completion of any 2 of the following Fashion Design classes: FASH 2002, 2005, 2006, 2010, 2016, 2018, 2023, 3005, 3016, 3033. For Summer 2024, this includes a portfolio review as well. Prerequisites FASH 2900 or Instructor Permission	Class Number 1421	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 701
Ptg Std B:Exploding Paint	3002 (002)	Claire Ashley	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Using an irreverent love of painting and an absurdly oedipal desire to destroy it, this class looks at ways to create fantastical, hybridized, bastardized offspring ?paintings? in the expanded field. We will connect painterly gestures with non-traditional surfaces such as modular, flat-pack, and portable sculptural form, found objects, architectural space, virtual space, video projection, performative action, and the body. Color workshops, woodshop authorizations, material sourcing field trips, video projection/performance workshops, and site-specific installations will be components of this class. A willingness to experiment, invent, imagine, and fail is required. Artists shown will range from historical figures such as Robert Rauschenberg, Sam Gilliam, Elizabeth Murray, Lynda Benglis, and Eva Hesse, to contemporary practitioners such as Jessica Stockholder, Katharina Grosse, Tomashi Jackson, Anna Betbeze, Liu Bolin, Abigail DeVille, Yvette Mayorga, Alexis Teplin, Brian Bress, Donna Huanca, Rachel Rose, Takeshi Murata, Ben Jones, and Lee Wen. Readings will vary but typically include Thomas McEvilley's 'Thirteen Ways of Addressing a Blackbird', 'Mapping: The Intelligence of Artistic Work' by Anne West, and ?Painting 2.0: Expression in the Information Age? edited by Ammer, Hochdorfer, and Joselit. The semester will consist of three ambitious projects and critiques: 1. Draped Skins; 2. Goopy Objects; 3. Body Actions. Slide presentations and required readings will be assigned. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 3001, 3003 or 3030	Class Number 1699	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 321
Fashion Design III	3002 (003)	Compton Quashie	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description As a project-based course, Fashion Design III teaches primary and secondary topical research, and in the context of a historical and cultural framework, students establish their personal point-of-view in fashion. Students will create in-depth research journals and develop a personal visualization style. Students will learn expansive fabric manipulations that lead to distinct styling and collection development to support capsule collection (three looks) development in intermediate studio. Particular attention is given to the use of color, texture, patterns, and design refinement. Pre req: Student must have completed FASH 2900 or receive instructor permission. Instructor permission will be granted with the completion of any 2 of the following Fashion Design classes: FASH 2002, 2005, 2006, 2010, 2016, 2018, 2023, 3005, 3016, 3033. For Summer 2024, this includes a portfolio review as well. Prerequisites FASH 2900 or Instructor Permission	Class Number 1423	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Sustainable Design Location Sullivan Center 703
Ptg Std B:Pictorial Structures	3002 (003)	Richard Hull	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this class we will go to the galleries in the museum every week, looking at and talking about how paintings are made, focusing on the underlining pictorial structure: the way artist in the past created a pictorial tension that still give the paintings presence today despite what might seem to us as anachronistic subjects. We will spend the majority of the time in the studio working and hopefully applying what we learn in the museum to your paintings. There is no stylistic agenda for this class: It's not what it is; it's what it does. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 3001, 3003 or 3030	Class Number 1732	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Location 280 Building Rm 318
Painting Studio: Remote	3003 (001)	Daniel Robert Gunn	Wed 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM All Online
Description This course investigates strategies to develop and maintain a painting practice within the context of a home or off-campus studio. Painting materials, application, color, form, and contemporary and traditional methodologies will all be examined. Focus will be given to the development of safe home studio practices. Designed to accommodate many skill levels, students will explore various creative strategies through a skill-based curriculum as well as individual projects Lectures and assignments will focus on developing a home studio practice, as well as contemporary painting in general. Students will review a wide variety of current and past painters, with emphasis placed on diversity and recontextualization of the traditional canon. PTDW/StudioLab-developed content for a safe home studio practice, including readings and video tutorials, will be shared and explored. Other critical readings may be assigned at the discretion of the faculty. The course leaves room for differing approaches by section and faculty, much like a Multi-level Painting course, but with an added focus on home studio practice. Course work will vary by section, but will typically include a mixture of short, focused studio assignments, in combination with longer, individually driven projects. Critiques and one-on-one discussion will occur throughout the semester, culminating in a final critique, based on work created throughout the semester, or on a culminating independent project. Readings and tutorials on home studio practice will be assigned throughout the semester as needed.	Class Number 1713	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Community & Social Engagement, Illustration, Animation Location Online
Digital Audio Production	3003 (001)	William Harper	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is offered for those students interested in developing skills in the creation and application of digital audio. Using Apple's Logic software, students interested in exploring sound or music are introduced to audio manipulation techniques that allow them to create soundtracks, to record and produce songs or dance tracks, realize abstract sound pieces or manipulate sound for installations. Techniques of sound manipulation are introduced, including audio recording and editing, looping, and sound destruction. MIDI, drum programming, the use of software synthesis and basic music and composition techniques are addressed according to the needs of individual students. The class is structured to encourage the interaction of students with a wide range of technical ability in audio from beginners to advanced artists in the early stages of a professional practice.	Class Number 1154	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Location MacLean 431
Video Everywhere	3003 (001)	Eric Fleischauer	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces video as a medium for artistic expression and social inquiry. Students gain an understanding of the video image-making process and develop proficiency with video equipment, including portable and studio production and editing systems. Strategies for the use of video as an art-making tool are explored. Works by video artists are viewed and discussed. Prerequisites FVNM 2000 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1471	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Communication, Social Media and the Web Location MacLean 518
Individual Projects	3004 (001)	Cecil McDonald, Jr.	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course fosters the development of self-directed, research-driven projects, challenging students to push beyond traditional photographic approaches and explore interdisciplinary practices. Emphasizing experimentation, students refine their conceptual depth and technical skills while advancing a sustained body of work. Through critiques, discussions, collaborations, workshops, and individual mentoring, the course supports ambitious project development and strategies for exhibition, publication, and public engagement. Designed to complement Senior Capstone projects, it prepares students for the BFA exhibition and professional creative practices. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites Prerequisite: 3 credits of PHOTO 2000 level courses.	Class Number 1588	Credits 3	Department Photography Location 280 Building Rm 215
Advanced Shape and Theory in Garments	3005 (001)	Benjamin Larose	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This advanced level course examines the transformation of form and identity with the body. Particular emphasis will be placed on challenging the literal definition of garment through various processes such as draping, deconstruction and reuse. Students will explore scale and materials from hard to soft, flexible and rigid. Projects using found objects and alternative resources will also be introduced. Through various assignments, students will be encouraged to expand outside the common solution, using unfamiliar territories, placing them in new context. Several projects are assigned involving individual and group critiques with development of personal direction related to contemporary issues. Parallel development in sculptural practices and design will also be examined to see the emerging context of garment as art. Prerequisites Student must have completed any 2000 Level FASH course	Class Number 2244	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 723
Top: Manipulations and Extensions	3005 (001)	Robert Clarke-Davis	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores image-making through unconventional cameras, alternative processes, and creative interventions. From plastic lenses to pinhole photography, from cross-processing to digital manipulation, we will embrace and elevate the discarded, the imperfect, and the forgotten in an AI free zone. Using cameras like the Recesky twin-lens reflex, Konstruktor, Big Shot, Sunpet, and key ring cameras, as well as techniques such as zone plate and pinhole photography, students will push the limits of photographic perception. Inspired by figures like Henry Beck, we will champion low-tech and hybrid approaches, finding beauty in limitation and innovation in constraint. Through hands-on experimentation with both analog and digital tools, students will develop a personal approach to image-making that celebrates the unexpected. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001.	Class Number 1585	Credits 3	Department Photography Location 280 Building Rm 207
Digital Music: Concepts, Structures, Materials	3005 (001)	Allie n Steve Mullen	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course introduces students to the fundamental materials of music composition, the structures used to shape these materials, and techniques and strategies students can use to create fully formed pieces of music. Referencing traditional and experimental practices from many cultures and histories, we examine the basic musical elements of rhythm, meter, tonal organization, harmony, and timbre. These are applied in a digital studio environment via sampling, sound synthesis, looping, and live recording using Apple's Logic digital audio workstation. Musical works by artists from diverse backgrounds and identities are analyzed to understand how these materials and concepts are used to sculpt emotional expressions, narrative forms, abstract constructions, or conceptual statements. Students work with these references, elements, and materials to make their own work in genres of their own choice. No style of music is off limits. Course work will vary but typically includes participation in weekly experiments and the presentation of self-devised projects at midterm and the end of the semester. Students work with the materials, structures, and techniques introduced to make their own work in genres of their own choice.	Class Number 1155	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Location MacLean 431
Top: Hybrid Image-Making Strategies	3005 (002)	Rob Croll	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores the integration of analog and digital techniques in photography, focusing on previsualization, exposure, and composition. Students will use advanced digital and analog tools, including perspective control, 3D imaging, and AI, fostering an innovative approach to contemporary photographic practice while challenging students to think critically about the intersections of traditional and emerging photographic practices. Prerequisites Prerequisite: 6 credits of PHOTO 2000-level courses or PHOTO 3008 or by instructor consent.	Class Number 1596	Credits 3	Department Photography Location 280 Building Rm 216
Top: Lens-Based Performance Practices	3005 (003)		Tues, Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM, 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course explores performance practices for the camera, including video, photo-based performance, new media, and expanded cinema. We¿ll examine how performing for a camera differs from live performance and how presenting this imagery can become a performative act. Students will develop technical skills and conceptual frameworks through readings, assignments, and three main projects. Topics include visual haptics, virtuality, and the philosophy of self, with artists like Adrian Piper, Mona Hatoum, and Ana Mendieta. Classes feature lectures, discussions, creative exercises, and field trips. A laptop with Adobe Creative Cloud is required. Prerequisites Prerequisite: 6 credits of PHOTO 2000-level courses or PHOTO 3008 or by instructor consent.	Class Number 2168	Credits 3	Department Photography Location 280 Building Rm 214, 280 Building Rm 012
Visionary Drawing	3006 (001)	Jaak Jurisson	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Visionary Drawing combines research and studio practice in the exploration at drawings and images that are uniquely compelling and have the power to advance visionary proposals in the realms or art, architecture, film, and spatial invention. Examination of historic and contemporary sources will be combined with active studio practice in making drawings of visions, worlds, speculations and proposals for spaces, buildings, sculptures and future monuments. We will study an extensive variety and number or artists and architects ranging tram Mies van der Rohe to Henry Darger, Zaha Hadid to Hieronymus Bosch, the Crystal Chain to Boullee. Walter Demarta to the Bechers to Coop Himmel B(l)au The diverse range is deliberate and intentional. Course work will vary but will typically include readings, assignments of research, and regular Intense assignments of drawing and imaging projects.	Class Number 1695	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Graphic Design, Digital Imaging, Comics and Graphic Novels Location Sullivan Center 1241
Top: The Politics of Pleasure	3007 (001)	Ivan Bujan	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This seminar interrogates the concept of pleasure. Pleasure occupies a fraught space in feminist and queer theory. This course examines several ways that people have theorized pleasure as a space for politics, a space for conservatism, or a way to think about racialized difference. This course is not interested in defining what pleasure is, but it interrogates what the stakes of talking about pleasure have been within contemporary theory and culture. Beginning with an examination of pleasure in the context of early twentieth century sexology, this course looks at the sex wars of the 1970s, the turn toward pleasure as a space of protest, and ends by thinking of ways to imagine pleasure outside of current paradigms of sexuality. The course takes gender, race, and sexuality as central analytic components. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1806	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Area of Study Gender and Sexuality Location MacLean 111
Image Editing & Output	3007 (001)	Sara Condo	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Image Editing & Output refines digital imaging skills with a focus on post-production and high-quality printing. Students refine workflows, develop expertise in advanced editing techniques like color management, masking, and compositing, and explore creative post-production methods using Photoshop and other software. Technical assignments and self-directed projects reinforce these skills. Readings and discussions address contemporary issues in digital imaging and evolving output technologies. As digital tools constantly change, students develop research and problem-solving strategies to adapt their workflows and stay current with new advancements. This course balances technical precision with creative exploration, preparing students for the ever-evolving world of digital imaging. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PHOTO 1001 and PHOTO 2010.	Class Number 1584	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 215
Top: Queer of Color Critique	3007 (002)	Omie Hsu	Fri 3:30 PM - 6:15 PM In Person
Description This course welcomes students interested in the field broadly called ¿queer theory¿--even if they don¿t have a background in women¿s, gender, or sexuality studies. It requires neither expertise nor past experience precisely because the primary question the class experiments with is: ¿What could queer theory look like if we begin from the premise that its model subject is not white?¿ The syllabus is organized around how ¿queer theory¿ is differently distributed and taken up by various fields of inquiry/analysis, methodological approaches, and traditions of activism and cultural production. We¿ll use many genres and forms of queer of color theorizing as points of entry into concepts central to queer/critical thought (like intimacy, power, subjectivity, labor, sex). We¿ll read legal scholars (like Kenji Yoshino, Kimberlé Crenshaw, Ian López) alongside theorists of performance/performativity (like E. Patrick Johnson, José Muñoz); we¿ll put historical manifestos (like those by Radicalesbians, the Combahee River Collective) in conversation with contemporary literary manifestos (like Joshua Chambers-Letson¿s); we¿ll treat graphic novels (like Jaime Cortez¿s Sexile) as works of philosophy and works of political philosophizing (like writing by Cathy Cohen, C. Riley Snorton, Jeff Nunokawa) as poetic/aesthetic; we¿ll watch web series (like Brown Girls) and we¿ll write a lot. We¿ll use short, though frequent, critical reflections to frame class discussions and you¿ll use longer paper and/or creative projects to consolidate/present your learning. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 1807	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Area of Study Gender and Sexuality Location MacLean 301
Top: Histories of Feminism	3007 (003)	Jose Flores Sanchez	Fri 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers a historical study of the theoretical and practical developments that form contemporary feminism. Although the course will concentrate primarily on feminist histories in the United States, it will also place those histories within a global context, paying close attention to class, race, and gender. We will examine various materials, including historical studies, theoretical essays, literature, and film. The course will follow a roughly chronological order beginning with the emergence of the idea of ¿Women¿s Rights¿ during the late 18th century, and ending with the emergence of the concepts of global and third-wave feminisms in the 1990s and beyond. We will consider the questions: How do we know a feminist when we see/read one? What makes something feminist? Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 2403	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Area of Study Gender and Sexuality Location MacLean 301
Top:(Un)doing Masculinities: Queer and Trans Inter	3007 (004)	Ivan Bujan	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course examines masculinity as a dynamic, socially constructed identity, actively shaped and expressed through public presentation, clothing, and social interactions. Rather than seeing masculinity as a fixed or universal concept, we explore how it is influenced by race, sexuality, class, national identity, and geographic location. We critique the Western-centered, static notions of masculinity, traditionally tied to virility, whiteness, and heterosexuality, by highlighting diverse masculinities from around the world, including racialized masculinities, female masculinities, and queer and trans masculinities. Drawing from interdisciplinary scholarship in performance studies, gender and sexuality studies, critical race theory, and queer and trans theory, the course examines how masculinity is ¿done¿ and ¿undone¿ in different cultural and historical contexts. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 2406	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Area of Study Gender and Sexuality Location MacLean 620
Intermediate/Advanced Screenprinting	3008 (001)	Oli Watt	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Advanced exploration is encouraged in the screenprinting medium. Emphasis is placed on individual experimentation, development and the refinement of technical skills. Processes offered include large format printing, 4-color separation, and other advanced traditional photographic and digital techniques. Prerequisites PRINT 2005 or 2008 Pre-req	Class Number 2174	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Location 280 Building Rm 222
Olfactory Art	3009 (001)	Tedd Neenan	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Students will investigate scent as an expressive medium. They will have access to the ATS Perfume Organ and specialized lab equipment. Course content includes basic aromatic blending, hydro-distillation extraction techniques and how to impregnate scent into various media. At least TWO works of Olfactory Art are to be completed. The last one is considered the FINAL and should be an opus ready for gallery/performance/experiential application.Students should leave this class with the ability to thoughtfully engage Olfactory Work as practitioners, researchers and thinkers within personal, historical, theoretical and conceptual contexts.	Class Number 1130	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Art and Science Location Michigan B1-19
Introduction to Art Therapy	3009 (001)	Leah Ra'Chel Gipson	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course is designed to offer students a didactic and experiential overview of the field of art therapy. Material covered will include history, theory, and practice of art therapy processes and approaches as well as a survey of populations, settings, and applications. Lecture, readings, discussion, audio-visual presentations, experiential exercises, and guest presentations comprise the structure of this course.	Class Number 1114	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Area of Study Community & Social Engagement Location Sharp 404
Introduction to Art Therapy	3009 (002)	Fredelyn Calla	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course is designed to offer students a didactic and experiential overview of the field of art therapy. Material covered will include history, theory, and practice of art therapy processes and approaches as well as a survey of populations, settings, and applications. Lecture, readings, discussion, audio-visual presentations, experiential exercises, and guest presentations comprise the structure of this course.	Class Number 2261	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Area of Study Community & Social Engagement Location Sharp 402
Symbiosis: How Life Lives Together	3010 (001)	Matt Nelsen	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM All Online
Description Symbiosis describes the relationships that bind organisms in a life together. Symbioses can be between species or within species¿bee to flower, mother to child, and even parasite to host. Drawing from ecological, evolutionary, and behavioral research, we will carefully consider the dynamics of cooperation and dependency across cells, food webs, and even urban neighborhood. Studying symbiosis is not only a window into a myriad of extraordinary biological relations, it is also fundamental to systems thinking in the context of sustainability. Weekly readings, in-class exercises, small collaborative projects will be integral to our study, leading to an understanding of how observation and experiment can help us unpack the many complexities of living together. We will consider the work by Lynn Margulis, Robin Wall-Kimmerer, Charles Darwin,Suzanne Simard, Harry Harlow, Thomas Schelling, Vi Hart, and many others. Weekly readings, in-class and out-of-class exercises, small collaborative projects. Prerequisites Prerequisite: First Year English requirement.	Class Number 2277	Credits 3	Department Liberal Arts Area of Study Art and Science, Sustainable Design Location Online
Multi-Level Illustration	3010 (001)	Dijana Granov	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed for students who have completed beginning fashion illustration. Emphasis is placed on personal style and media development. Students explore a variety of texture rendering and illustration problem solving. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FASH 2007	Class Number 1412	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Illustration Location Sullivan Center 734
Structuring, Sequencing and Series	3010 (001)	Aimée Beaubien	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Structuring, Sequencing, Series explores how photographic meaning is shaped through sequences and series¿fundamental ways we encounter images in books, exhibitions, installations, and digital spaces. This course examines how structure influences interpretation, considering both narrative and non-narrative approaches across diverse genres. Through hands-on assignments, students will experiment with serial imagery in photobooks, zines, portfolios, web-based projects, installations, video, and projection. By analyzing historical and contemporary examples, students will develop a deeper understanding of photography¿s evolving role and refine their ability to construct compelling visual narratives. Prerequisites Prerequisite: 3 credits of PHOTO 2000 level courses.	Class Number 1582	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 215
Print and Metal Sculpture Reacts	3011 (001)	Jasper Goodrich	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Many printmakers make sculptures. Many sculptors make prints. This course focuses on the connections between relief printmaking and welded metal sculpture. When an artist is interpreting the same idea between two and three dimensions, the forms take on new lives and previously unseen relationships are formed. This class will meet in the Printmedia shop with metal fabrication instruction and assignments occurring in the metal shop. Students will learn metal fabrication and welding processes including oxyacetylene welding, MIG welding, and shaping sheet metal using a torch. In the print shop, students will learn a variety of relief printing processes with a focus on layering. Students will utilize hand carving, CNC routed matrixes, and painterly marks. By zooming in and out on small formal moments, ideas will be translated and remixed across dimensions. Students will be exposed to a wide variety of artist working between sculpture and printmaking/drawing including Martin Puryear, Kiki Smith, Richard Hunt, Judy Pfaff, Willard Boepple, Richard Rezac, Ruth Asawa, Leonardo Drew, Alyson Shotz, Fred Wilson, Joan Jonas, David Nash, Wangechi Mutu, Jannis Kounellis, Frank Stella, Bruce Onobrakpeya, Jenny Holzer, Huma Bhabha, Ann Hamilton, Rachel Whiteread, Do Ho Suh, Christopher Wool, and Ursula Von Rydingsvard. Students will complete a series of small to midsize sculptures in tandem with a series of relief prints. The class will culminate in a mock exhibition where student¿s sculptures and prints will interact as the viewer¿s body moves through the space.	Class Number 2176	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Product Design, Art and Science, Exhibition and Curatorial Studies Location 280 Building Rm 203
Sound and Image	3011 (001)	James Paul Wetzel	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course focuses on the relationship of sound to moving image, and introduces post-production techniques and strategies that address this relationship as a compositional imperative. Thorough instruction is given on digital audio post-production techniques for moving image, including recording, sound file imports, soundtrack composition and assembly, sound design, and mixing in stereo and surround-sound. This is supplemented by presentations on acoustics and auditory perception. Assigned readings in theories and strategies of sound-image relationships inform studio instruction. Assigned projects focus on gaining post-production skills, and students produce independent projects of their own that integrate sound and moving image. Artists include Chantal Dumas, Walter Verdin, Deborah Stratman, Lucrecia Martel, Martin Scorcese, Abigail Child, Frederic Moffet, Gyorgi Palvi, Francis Ford Coppola, Gary Hill, and others. Writings in theory include texts by Michel Chion, Rick Altman, and others. The student?s independent image-and-sound work is foregrounded and supported; supplemental assigned projects include sound sequence composition and ADR recording and mixing. Prerequisites SOUND 2001 or FVNM 2004 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1498	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Communication Location MacLean 1413
Sound and Image	3011 (001)	James Paul Wetzel	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course focuses on the relationship of sound to moving image, and introduces post-production techniques and strategies that address this relationship as a compositional imperative. Thorough instruction is given on digital audio post-production techniques for moving image, including recording, sound file imports, soundtrack composition and assembly, sound design, and mixing in stereo and surround-sound. This is supplemented by presentations on acoustics and auditory perception. Assigned readings in theories and strategies of sound-image relationships inform studio instruction. Assigned projects focus on gaining post-production skills, and students produce independent projects of their own that integrate sound and moving image. Artists include Chantal Dumas, Walter Verdin, Deborah Stratman, Lucrecia Martel, Martin Scorcese, Abigail Child, Frederic Moffet, Gyorgi Palvi, Francis Ford Coppola, Gary Hill, and others. Writings in theory include texts by Michel Chion, Rick Altman, and others. The student?s independent image-and-sound work is foregrounded and supported; supplemental assigned projects include sound sequence composition and ADR recording and mixing. Prerequisites SOUND 2001 or FVNM 2004 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1143	Credits 3	Department Art & Technology / Sound Practices Area of Study Digital Communication Location MacLean 1413
Intermediate Typography	3011 (001)	Timothy Bruce	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores the power and beauty of typography as a delivery mechanism for information, narrative structures and alternate forms of expression. Working with form, space and meaning, students can expect to learn how to organize complex verbal information into cohesive typographic systems and hierarchical configurations; how to create sophisticated grid systems and enhance functionality through navigation and structural consistency within a multiple page/screen environment; how to work with intertextuality, non-linearity, dramatic pacing and experimental typography as an emotive voice. Suggested readings and screenings vary and may include Thinking With Type (Lupton, 2010), Letter Fountain (Pohlen, 2015), The Elements of Typographic Style (Bringhurst, 2004), The Complete Manual of Typography (Felici, 2012), Typographic Design: Form and Communication (Carter, Day, Meggs, 2012). In addition, students will examine the application and effects of typographic design in historical and modern-day contexts with a primary focus on print media. Students will work on assignments of varying complexity and duration. Assignments are structured to build skills, understanding and confidence in typographic manipulation, and are designed to yield valuable components of the student?s portfolio. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Student must pass VISCOM Portfolio Review, please message VISCOM for more details on portfolio reviews	Class Number 1856	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Books and Publishing Location Sharp 1115
Intermediate Typography	3011 (002)	Mark Stammers	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course explores the power and beauty of typography as a delivery mechanism for information, narrative structures and alternate forms of expression. Working with form, space and meaning, students can expect to learn how to organize complex verbal information into cohesive typographic systems and hierarchical configurations; how to create sophisticated grid systems and enhance functionality through navigation and structural consistency within a multiple page/screen environment; how to work with intertextuality, non-linearity, dramatic pacing and experimental typography as an emotive voice. Suggested readings and screenings vary and may include Thinking With Type (Lupton, 2010), Letter Fountain (Pohlen, 2015), The Elements of Typographic Style (Bringhurst, 2004), The Complete Manual of Typography (Felici, 2012), Typographic Design: Form and Communication (Carter, Day, Meggs, 2012). In addition, students will examine the application and effects of typographic design in historical and modern-day contexts with a primary focus on print media. Students will work on assignments of varying complexity and duration. Assignments are structured to build skills, understanding and confidence in typographic manipulation, and are designed to yield valuable components of the student?s portfolio. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Student must pass VISCOM Portfolio Review, please message VISCOM for more details on portfolio reviews	Class Number 1857	Credits 3	Department Visual Communication Design Area of Study Graphic Design, Books and Publishing Location Sharp 1116
Ritual and Art Making in Healing	3012 (001)	Melissa Raman Molitor, April Abesamis Knighton	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course explores the use of ritual and art making for personal and social practice. Students reflect on ritual as part of daily life, familial rituals, cultural rituals, and life-cycle rituals, and examine the process by which art embodies, represents, and transforms them. The exploration of ritual and making as a form of engagement, participation, and collaboration provides context for class discussion, group projects, and individual work. The role that ritual and making play in encouraging personal well-being, and fostering community is discussed and explored both in class and through off-campus visits.	Class Number 1116	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Location Sharp 404
Ritual and Art Making in Healing	3012 (001)	Melissa Raman Molitor, April Abesamis Knighton	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course explores the use of ritual and art making for personal and social practice. Students reflect on ritual as part of daily life, familial rituals, cultural rituals, and life-cycle rituals, and examine the process by which art embodies, represents, and transforms them. The exploration of ritual and making as a form of engagement, participation, and collaboration provides context for class discussion, group projects, and individual work. The role that ritual and making play in encouraging personal well-being, and fostering community is discussed and explored both in class and through off-campus visits.	Class Number 1116	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Location Sharp 404
Designing Distant Studio	3013 (001)		Mon 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM All Online
Description Systemic change requires influencing decision makers - be they members of the public, CEOs or politicians. By engaging in the creative act of world-building, and embodying the results through made artifacts, spaces, or digital media, artists and designers are able to make work that acts as platforms for fostering debate and, ultimately, change. This course goes beyond design¿s conventional end-user focused problem-solving approach, focusing instead on how to use art and design to develop impactful stories. It Introduces the fields of speculative and critical design, and design fiction, and illustrates how tools such as humor and satire can be used effectively. Along with regular readings and discussions, students will develop a major design project that articulates their vision of a ¿post-pandemic future'.	Class Number 1298	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Digital Communication, Product Design, Sustainable Design Location Online
The Colossal & The Small	3013 (001)	Kelly F. Kaczynski	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This studio course investigates issues of size and scale through lectures and discussions, outside readings, and the studio work of the participants. Its aim is to pursue our attraction to the gargantuan and the miniature. The course examines not only the formal factors which effect our perceptions, but, more importantly, the social, political, and psychological implications of such works. Issues of public and private space are addressed by comparing the monumental and the propagandistic elements of spectacle, as well as the enchanted, intimate, and fetish qualities of the small. Topics discussed range from Mt. Rushmore and the Statue of Liberty to David Hammons's Bliz-aard Ball Sale. Student projects are generated from their own related interests and concerns with interdisciplinary work encouraged.	Class Number 1789	Credits 3	Department Sculpture Location 280 Building Rm 127
Practices of Art and Design Education in Schools and Communities 1: Children and Youth	3015 (001)	S. Bailey Jacobson	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Relating contemporary and traditional artmaking approaches and culturally responsive pedagogy with curriculum, project, and instructional design methods, this course provides prospective teachers and teaching artists with knowledge and skills needed to structure learning experiences through which children and youth in elementary schools, middle schools and community settings enhance their creativity, develop technical skills, understand a range of artmaking practices, make personally meaningful works, and explore big ideas. Course participants will structure teaching plans that identify students¿ prior knowledge, scaffold learning, use multiple teaching and learning strategies to promote student engagement and differentiate instruction to meet the needs of all students. They will learn to articulate clear and verifiable core learning objectives, select relevant national and state standards and design assessments that capture essential student learning without standardizing students¿ artworks. Teacher reflection based on critique, student input and assessment data will be used in an iterative process of editing and redesigning curriculum. Connecting visual and verbal literacies, prospective teachers will make use of reading, writing and speaking activities that engage students in interpreting art and analyzing visual culture as well as using picture books as a source of inspiration for their personal storytelling and artmaking. Teachers will learn to select and/or develop reading level-appropriate art and culture readings to support learning. Studying a range of art education practices will provide teacher candidates with theoretical perspectives from which to build their own unique pedagogical approaches. Readings include works by Maria Montessori, Viktor Lowenfeld, Anne Thulson, Lisa Delpit, Vivian Paley, and Sonia Nieto as well as overviews of Reggio Emelia, Teaching for Social Justice, Teaching for Artistic Behavior, Studio Habits, Visual Thinking Strategies and Principles of Possibility Course assignments will include readings and discussion responses and researching artists, artmaking approaches and pedagogical practices as well as writing project and lesson plans accompanied by teacher artwork examples, image presentations, readings, assessments, and other instructional materials, as well as documenting plans and student artworks. Participants will teach small groups of students in elementary schools with English Language Learners. All student must complete and pass Chicago Public Schools Background Check. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Open to junior BFAAE students only or permission of instructor.	Class Number 1887	Credits 3	Department Art Education Location Sharp 409
Practices of Art and Design Education in Schools and Communities 1: Children and Youth	3015 (002)	Melita Morales	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Relating contemporary and traditional artmaking approaches and culturally responsive pedagogy with curriculum, project, and instructional design methods, this course provides prospective teachers and teaching artists with knowledge and skills needed to structure learning experiences through which children and youth in elementary schools, middle schools and community settings enhance their creativity, develop technical skills, understand a range of artmaking practices, make personally meaningful works, and explore big ideas. Course participants will structure teaching plans that identify students¿ prior knowledge, scaffold learning, use multiple teaching and learning strategies to promote student engagement and differentiate instruction to meet the needs of all students. They will learn to articulate clear and verifiable core learning objectives, select relevant national and state standards and design assessments that capture essential student learning without standardizing students¿ artworks. Teacher reflection based on critique, student input and assessment data will be used in an iterative process of editing and redesigning curriculum. Connecting visual and verbal literacies, prospective teachers will make use of reading, writing and speaking activities that engage students in interpreting art and analyzing visual culture as well as using picture books as a source of inspiration for their personal storytelling and artmaking. Teachers will learn to select and/or develop reading level-appropriate art and culture readings to support learning. Studying a range of art education practices will provide teacher candidates with theoretical perspectives from which to build their own unique pedagogical approaches. Readings include works by Maria Montessori, Viktor Lowenfeld, Anne Thulson, Lisa Delpit, Vivian Paley, and Sonia Nieto as well as overviews of Reggio Emelia, Teaching for Social Justice, Teaching for Artistic Behavior, Studio Habits, Visual Thinking Strategies and Principles of Possibility Course assignments will include readings and discussion responses and researching artists, artmaking approaches and pedagogical practices as well as writing project and lesson plans accompanied by teacher artwork examples, image presentations, readings, assessments, and other instructional materials, as well as documenting plans and student artworks. Participants will teach small groups of students in elementary schools with English Language Learners. All student must complete and pass Chicago Public Schools Background Check. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Open to junior BFAAE students only or permission of instructor.	Class Number 1888	Credits 3	Department Art Education Location Sharp 403
Practices of Art and Design Education in Schools and Communities 1: Children and Youth	3015 (003)	Catalina Hernandez-Cabal	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Relating contemporary and traditional artmaking approaches and culturally responsive pedagogy with curriculum, project, and instructional design methods, this course provides prospective teachers and teaching artists with knowledge and skills needed to structure learning experiences through which children and youth in elementary schools, middle schools and community settings enhance their creativity, develop technical skills, understand a range of artmaking practices, make personally meaningful works, and explore big ideas. Course participants will structure teaching plans that identify students¿ prior knowledge, scaffold learning, use multiple teaching and learning strategies to promote student engagement and differentiate instruction to meet the needs of all students. They will learn to articulate clear and verifiable core learning objectives, select relevant national and state standards and design assessments that capture essential student learning without standardizing students¿ artworks. Teacher reflection based on critique, student input and assessment data will be used in an iterative process of editing and redesigning curriculum. Connecting visual and verbal literacies, prospective teachers will make use of reading, writing and speaking activities that engage students in interpreting art and analyzing visual culture as well as using picture books as a source of inspiration for their personal storytelling and artmaking. Teachers will learn to select and/or develop reading level-appropriate art and culture readings to support learning. Studying a range of art education practices will provide teacher candidates with theoretical perspectives from which to build their own unique pedagogical approaches. Readings include works by Maria Montessori, Viktor Lowenfeld, Anne Thulson, Lisa Delpit, Vivian Paley, and Sonia Nieto as well as overviews of Reggio Emelia, Teaching for Social Justice, Teaching for Artistic Behavior, Studio Habits, Visual Thinking Strategies and Principles of Possibility Course assignments will include readings and discussion responses and researching artists, artmaking approaches and pedagogical practices as well as writing project and lesson plans accompanied by teacher artwork examples, image presentations, readings, assessments, and other instructional materials, as well as documenting plans and student artworks. Participants will teach small groups of students in elementary schools with English Language Learners. All student must complete and pass Chicago Public Schools Background Check. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Open to junior BFAAE students only or permission of instructor.	Class Number 2140	Credits 3	Department Art Education Location Sharp 706
Introduction to Mad Studies: Critically Interrogating Deviance and Pathology	3016 (001)	Katie O'Neill	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will explore madness and its construction as a site of pathology and deviance in our current society as well as important challenges to this construction. Utilizing an intersectional and interdisciplinary disability studies and mad studies critical lens this course will address how madness is constructed in relation to colonialist, white supremacist, capitalist, and patriarchal notions of rationality, linearity, and unity. Readings will cover foundational texts in the anti-psychiatry movement as well as crucial texts to the development of mad studies. Many texts specifically address the relationship between race and madness. Artistic representations, as well as film and television representations will be utilized regularly. Course work will consist of weekly reading responses, short presentations, one 2-3 page analysis paper, and a final creative project that includes a 5 page analysis paper	Class Number 1120	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Area of Study Class, Race, Ethnicity, Art/Design and Politics, Gender and Sexuality Location Sharp 403
Permeable Membranes	3016 (001)	Melissa Leandro	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description A membrane is a thin, typically planar structure or material that separates two environments, be those physical, molecular, or cultural. This class investigates this transitional space, and the potential for movement and transgression through it. Membrane structures are developed as surfaces, forms, and spatial relationships through techniques like chenille quilting, free motion sewing with a soluble membrane, nuno felting, papermaking in 2D and 3D, resist wax dyeing (batik), dip and wick dyeing, fabric burnout (devore) through silkscreening, protein/cellulose combination dyeing, and jacquard crocheting. Readings on conceptual permeability will include Jean Baudrillard?s ?Simulacra and Simulations?, Andrew Ballantyne?s ?Remaking the Self in Heterotopia?, Homi K. Bhabha?s ?On `hybridity? and `moving beyond??, and Roger Cardinal?s ?Secrecy?. Techniques will be divided into three major projects with written statements. This course also requires artist and reading presentations.	Class Number 2149	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 902
Digital Jacquard Weaving: Zeroes and Ones	3017 (001)	Erica Littlejohn	Mon, Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM, 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The computer driven Jacquard goes beyond the limitations of a floor loom by interfacing with a computer to allow for direct control of individual threads. This course explores the historical and conceptual interstices of digital technology and hand weaving through the use of this loom Utilizing Photoshop and Jacquard weaving software, students will realize projects that begin with digital source material and result in hand woven constructions. The strongly debated connection between the Jacquard loom?s use of punched cards and the history of computers will be central to the course, as will the contemporary use of the loom as a new media tool. Studio work will blend work at the computer, weaving on the loom, reading, research and critical discussion. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Sophomore-level or above.	Class Number 1449	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Area of Study Digital Imaging Location Sharp 1005, Sharp 1011
Digital Bodies Performed	3017 (001)	Anneli Goeller	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The Digital Bodies Performed course teaches fundamental and advanced motion capture technical skills relating to the 3D animation workflow. Students will build virtual avatars and/or 3D characters through 3D modeling, customizing prefabricated models, and 3D scanning, that are then posed through the facial blend shape, rigging and painting skin weights processes. Students will learn, direct, and perform motion capture techniques using a variety of emerging technologies. Exploring movements that both imitate and go beyond the limitation of reality, the class will incorporate various strategies in narrative, cinematic, game, sculptural, and performative practices to expand conceptual themes. The creation of multiple self-directed motion capture projects is expected. In order to explore the conceptual framework of presenting human and nonhuman forms in a virtual manner, a research component, artist visit, field trip, and final exhibition/screening are built into the course. *Suitable for students with basic experience in Autodesk Maya. The technical hardware and software used in this course will remain flexible as technology changes. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2015 or FVNM 5025	Class Number 1495	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Game Design, Gender and Sexuality Location MacLean 519
Disability Studies: Re-Imagining Bodies	3018 (001)		Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description What is disability? How do we see, read, hear, smell and feel about disability? How does society represent disability and illness? How do artists theoretically and conceptually engage disability in their own practices? This course offers students critical thinking tools to examine the meanings of disability created by current social, cultural, economic and political systems. Over the course of the semester, students develop artistic vocabulary in relation to visual and cultural representations of disability found in mainstream society and in Disability Culture/Disability Art contexts. Readings include the following topics: disability frameworks, disability as intersectional identity, and representations in art, media, fashion, and design . Students learn about the range and complexity of disability representations through the works of contemporary artists such as Riva Lehrer, Laura Swanson, and Christine Sun Kim, and through the work of dance and performance art groups. Students also read the work of disability scholars including Carrie Sandahl, Rosemarie Garland-Thomson, Eli Clare, Alison Kafer, and Petra Kuppers. Coursework includes bi-weekly writing responses, a disability culture event paper, a media report, and a final art and writing project.	Class Number 1122	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Area of Study Politics and Activisms, Gender and Sexuality, Narrative Location Sharp 404
Multi-Level Knitwear: Machine Structures	3018 (001)	Jennifer Michelle Plumridge	Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This course enables students who hand knit to pursue the challenge of creating garments and/or objects with knitting machines. Through demonstration and discussion of traditional basic methods and structured exercises will give the students a foundation in various stitch patterns and techniques. Shape and fit along with texture manipulation are explored. Historical reference as well as current contemporary design concepts will be researched enabling students to focus on individual design to produce a garment or an object. Students will design, sample and explore possibilities in a traditional and non-traditional manner using various materials. Prerequisites Student must have completed any 2000 Level FASH course	Class Number 1407	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Location Sullivan Center 701
Advanced Artists' Books	3018 (001)	Myungah Hyon 현명아	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course offers advanced exploration with visual and written material in paged sequence. Ideas are encouraged within a broad range of possibilities, via the format of the artist' book. The development of a major project is encouraged. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PRINT 2018 or PRINT 3007.	Class Number 1617	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 113
Ceramics for Designed Objects	3020 (001)	Mie Kongo	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course takes students on a journey through the changing landscape of ceramic art, design, and production. Recent advances in rapid prototyping technologies provide designers and artists with more direct means for transforming concepts into physical form. In this course, students explore various ways to apply advanced technologies to ceramic design and production. Students will acquire basic skills in clay modeling methods, plaster mold making, slip casting, 3D Scanning, digital modeling, and digital output methods including 3D Printing and Laser Cutting. Basic knowledge for Rhino and/or other 3D modeling software is required. The technologies and methods for ceramic production have been developing over the course of thousands of years, often linked to specific material/cultural histories. Digital tools afford makers the ability to create, manipulate, distort, and ideate without the constraints of the ceramic process. Through slide lecture, readings, group discussions, demonstrations, and self directed projects, we will consider ceramic production methods of the past and how they influence contemporary art and design practices. In this course we will ask the questions: What are the benefits and the challenges of using ceramic materials? How can we use digital tools to assist in the ideation, prototyping, and the production of ceramic objects? How can we use ceramic materials to assist in the ideation, prototyping, and production of digital objects? What is the interplay between the digital object and the ceramic object?	Class Number 2290	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Area of Study Product Design, Digital Imaging, Sustainable Design Location 280 Building Rm M152
Ceramics for Designed Objects	3020 (001)	Mie Kongo	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course takes students on a journey through the changing landscape of ceramic art, design, and production. Recent advances in rapid prototyping technologies provide designers and artists with more direct means for transforming concepts into physical form. In this course, students explore various ways to apply advanced technologies to ceramic design and production. Students will acquire basic skills in clay modeling methods, plaster mold making, slip casting, 3D Scanning, digital modeling, and digital output methods including 3D Printing and Laser Cutting. Basic knowledge for Rhino and/or other 3D modeling software is required. The technologies and methods for ceramic production have been developing over the course of thousands of years, often linked to specific material/cultural histories. Digital tools afford makers the ability to create, manipulate, distort, and ideate without the constraints of the ceramic process. Through slide lecture, readings, group discussions, demonstrations, and self directed projects, we will consider ceramic production methods of the past and how they influence contemporary art and design practices. In this course we will ask the questions: What are the benefits and the challenges of using ceramic materials? How can we use digital tools to assist in the ideation, prototyping, and the production of ceramic objects? How can we use ceramic materials to assist in the ideation, prototyping, and production of digital objects? What is the interplay between the digital object and the ceramic object?	Class Number 2292	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design, Digital Imaging, Sustainable Design Location 280 Building Rm M152
To Dye For	3020 (001)	Diana Guerrero-Maciá	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Color is everywhere. This fiber studio will teach students basic color theory and applied color mixing techniques using fiber reactive dyes to make a variety of projects. Experiments will begin with immersion dyeing to create solid color swatches and a comprehensive dye book of color dying charts for student to use in the future. Surface design explorations will include block printing and painterly techniques with dyes. Over-dyeing and discharge processes will be introduced as methods of adding layers of color to cloth. Lectures on contemporary, historical, and global use of color in artworks will vary greatly and cover various centuries and methods of making. Readings in color will include Josef Albers, John Gage, and David Batchelor to name a few. Critiques will emphasize the use of color as formal & conceptual element within artwork. Students will complete several projects while testing and compiling over 100 dye test colors into a dye-sampler book with recipes for material explorations, and fabric dye testing. Students will also research color meaning, study basic color theory, and finish color-based projects of their own design and using textiles they have hand dyed as a final project.	Class Number 1465	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 904
The Illustrated Poster	3020 (001)	Dijana Granov	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course focuses on creating promotional posters and book covers, from concept to the final product; telling a story through a single illustration. Divided into four major projects, it covers different stages of creation of a visually engaging illustration; from collecting references, thumbnails, preliminary illustration, to finishing in a medium of choice. It combines fine art with the professional, taking into consideration format, placement, visual hierarchy, and creation of a dynamic figure interacting with a setting. Some classes include guest lecturers. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FASH 2007	Class Number 2384	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location Sullivan Center 734
Directing Actors for Film and Video	3020 (001)		Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This is a Production Laboratory class for students interested in working with the ideas and techniques of directing performers for the camera. We will consider issues of scripting, pre-production, rehearsing, shooting, and editing performances. The course requires active participation in 3 roles -- as a director, performer, and camera operator -- as these constitute the primary collaborative relationships of a director. The main objective of this class is to get students to consider various methods of directing performers that both explore and elaborate on traditional theatrical schools of directing. Through hands-on experience, readings, critique and screenings, students will begin to carve out their own style of working. Prerequisites FVNM 2004 and FVNM 2005 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1477	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Narrative Location MacLean 1304
Becoming Human: Evolving Conceptions of Human Development	3021 (001)	Melita Morales	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In the work of becoming and being an educator, it is necessary and important to comprehend the evolving ways human development is understood, engaged, and implicated in the teaching of children, adolescents and adults. Humans are, to put it simply, different. And it is these differences that present opportunities and challenges in teaching and learning. This course offers an interdisciplinary investigation into evolving conceptions of human development, including, but not limited to, psychological, legal, historical, and sociological frameworks. Additionally, students will explore the histories of childhood as they impact and have impacted the material culture of schools and school design. Investigating evolving conceptions of human development will provide teacher candidates with interdisciplinary perspectives to build their own understanding of students as subjects in formation. This includes gaining theoretical, historical, and pedagogical knowledge on a range of developmental issues in education. Readings include works by John Dewey, W.E.B. DuBois, Tom Shakespeare, Cris Mayo, Deborah Britzman, Stephen Vassallo, Alexandra Lange, Erik Erikson, Jean Piaget, and Maria Montessori as well as overviews of Disability, Race Conscious, and Queer Theories in education. Course work includes an essay questioning & responding to human development, an analysis of childhood development as illustrated in children's literature, an interpretation of adolescence as represented through short films, along with a midterm and final project documenting the work of learning throughout the semester. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Open to junior BFAAE students only or permission of instructor.	Class Number 1886	Credits 3	Department Art Education Location Sharp 409
Print into Sculpture: 3D Screens	3021 (001)	Amy Yoes	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class will provide students with skills and knowledge to translate two dimensional printed cloth into three dimensional sculptural forms. Students will explore various strategies for creating three-dimensional works using screen printed fabrics, and they will also learn a range of screen printing techniques. Students will learn how to create a range of hanging and installation structures using wood, dowels, rope, string, found objects, and other materials. Tools like the plotter/cutter and heat press will also enable students to expand the scope of their 2D and 3D print explorations. The flexibility of fabric will be deployed in the creation and assembly of sculptural forms that can be portable and expandable. No prior print experience is required. Works by artists including Lara Schnitger, Sam Gilliam, Alan Shields, Joe Overstreet, Al Loving, Judy Pfaaf, Phyllida Barlow, Ree Morton, Robert Rauschenberg, Lygia Pape, Jessica Jackson Hutchins, Dorothea Rockburne, Carla Accardi, Lucy Orta, Lina Bo Bardi, Michelle Segre, Brian Eno, Helio Oiticica, and Do So Huh will be presented. Technical demonstrations, visual presentations, and discussions, will be augmented by assigned readings and experimental texts exploring space, place, spatial composition and design, charts, and architecture by authors including E.H. Gombrich, William Davenport, Marina Warner, Bernard Rudofsky, and Miwon Kwon. Students will complete three studio projects for critique organized around themes of spatial design, improvisation, and site-specificity. Other assignments can include reading responses, samples and in-class experiments, keeping a sketchbook / record of ideas, and/or material and technical research.	Class Number 1452	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 905
Becoming Human: Evolving Conceptions of Human Development	3021 (003)	Ali Blake	Tues 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In the work of becoming and being an educator, it is necessary and important to comprehend the evolving ways human development is understood, engaged, and implicated in the teaching of children, adolescents and adults. Humans are, to put it simply, different. And it is these differences that present opportunities and challenges in teaching and learning. This course offers an interdisciplinary investigation into evolving conceptions of human development, including, but not limited to, psychological, legal, historical, and sociological frameworks. Additionally, students will explore the histories of childhood as they impact and have impacted the material culture of schools and school design. Investigating evolving conceptions of human development will provide teacher candidates with interdisciplinary perspectives to build their own understanding of students as subjects in formation. This includes gaining theoretical, historical, and pedagogical knowledge on a range of developmental issues in education. Readings include works by John Dewey, W.E.B. DuBois, Tom Shakespeare, Cris Mayo, Deborah Britzman, Stephen Vassallo, Alexandra Lange, Erik Erikson, Jean Piaget, and Maria Montessori as well as overviews of Disability, Race Conscious, and Queer Theories in education. Course work includes an essay questioning & responding to human development, an analysis of childhood development as illustrated in children's literature, an interpretation of adolescence as represented through short films, along with a midterm and final project documenting the work of learning throughout the semester. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Open to junior BFAAE students only or permission of instructor.	Class Number 2141	Credits 3	Department Art Education Location Sharp 404
Designed Objects Studio Three	3022 (001)	Jess Giffin	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description What does it mean to design for other people? The third course in the Des Ob studio sequence considers how designers are able to understand others and then design for them. We will investigate the things that people do, the objects that they use, how they feel and what they might need, want or desire in order to understand and then design meaningful objects. Students have the opportunity to work with design research, advance their design skills and complete more involved projects. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template. The class introduces relevant research and visualization tools used to gather research insights and generate design ideas. Sketches, mock-ups and models are used to test discuss, and refine research insights, design ideas and propose final concepts. Students can expect to complete one to two projects over the semester and present their progress throughout the term. Prerequisites Pre-req: DES OB 2030 Designed Objects Studio Two	Class Number 1295	Credits 3	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Area of Study Product Design Location Sullivan Center 1407
20,000 Years of Clay	3024 (001)	Emily Schroeder Willis	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course surveys the history and production of clay and ceramics, from one of the earliest ceramic objects known, dating back some 20,000 years, to the present use of clay in contemporary art, design and craft. The course will take us through every continent and be looking at the use of ceramic in different cultures at different times though history. Attention will be given to the role clay and ceramic plays in our human development both as ritualistic, artistic and functional handmade and mass-produced objects. From ceramic in an ancient caves to NASA and the use of ceramic in space and everything in between. Readings may include extracts from, 'Ten Thousand Years of Pottery' by Emannuel Cooper, 'Art, history, and gender: women and clay in West Africa' by Marla C. Berns , '20th Century Ceramics (World of Art)' by Edmund de Waal, 'Arita / Table of Contents: Studies in Japanese Porcelain' by Anniina Koivu and 'Vitamin C: Clay and Ceramic in Contemporary Art' by Clare Lilley and various essays by Nigel Wood, Tanja Harrod, Glenn Adamson and Namita Gupta Wiggers. Paired with exhibitions like the 2019 `The Journey of Things' by Magdalene Odundo The Hepworth Wakefield, The 2004 'A Secret History of Clay: From Gauguin to Gormley' at TATE Liverpool and the permanent ceramic collection at The Art Institute of Chicago. Assignments include: working together to shape a research project proposal for a presentation on a specific part of the ceramic history, object-based written based on a piece of ceramics. Please note: Undergraduate students may apply this course toward their studio credit. This course will count as an elective for graduate students and does not apply toward the Graduate Level Seminar requirement.	Class Number 1187	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm 120
Beginning Screenwriting	3024 (001)	Raghav Rao	Tues 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course introduces students to the basic elements of a screenplay, including format, terminology, exposition, characterization, dialogue, voice-over, adaptation, and variations on the three-act structure. Weekly meetings feature a brief lecture, screenings of scenes from films, extended discussion, and assorted readings of class assignments. This is primarily a writing class, with students required to write a four-to-five page weekly assignment related to the script topic of the week.	Class Number 1478	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Playwriting/Screenwriting, Books and Publishing Location MacLean 517
Beginning Screenwriting	3024 (002)	Gitanjali Kapila	Fri 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This course introduces students to the basic elements of a screenplay, including format, terminology, exposition, characterization, dialogue, voice-over, adaptation, and variations on the three-act structure. Weekly meetings feature a brief lecture, screenings of scenes from films, extended discussion, and assorted readings of class assignments. This is primarily a writing class, with students required to write a four-to-five page weekly assignment related to the script topic of the week.	Class Number 1494	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Playwriting/Screenwriting, Books and Publishing Location MacLean 517
FABRICATION FOR FASHION - textile and finishing studies for fashion	3025 (001)		Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course students immerse themselves in the language of fabrics to express their design concepts in fashion. Students study the origins of a fiber, its use in a yarn, the types of weave, material blends, and fabric finishing all of which result in the distinct characteristics of a material. Students observe how these material conditions determine shape, volume, drape, and flow, and learn the terminology for the professional application. Students study the handling of the fabrics, and stitch sample finishing studies. These material and finishing samples become a personal sample library. This empowers students to discern how to choose or switch fabric to define and push forward their design. Textile terminology will frame the weekly discourse, as new materials are introduced, studied, explored and handled. Draping exercises lead to deepened studies of the materials as they lend themselves to certain forms. Mills, showrooms, and trade representatives will be invited to workshop with the students. Books referenced in this course are focused on basics of textiles and applications including how to handle fabrics: Fabric for Fashion: The Complete Guide, Second Edition; Laurence King Publishing Fabric for Fashion The Swatch Book, Second Edition ; Laurence King Publishing Sewing For Fashion Designers ; Laurence King Publishing In addition students will be introduced to trade organizations which provide educational, as well as trend forecast and sustainability information. The Woolmark Company : ¿ www.woolmark.com/about/; Cotton Inc. : www.cottoninc.com/about-cotton/; Cotton Works: www.cottonworks.com; NCTO (National Council of Textile Organization): www.ncto.org; Première Vision: www.premierevision.com/en/about Students will create a fashion fabric and finishings sample and research book, along with a fully executed garment utilizing their discerning study. Prerequisites FASH 2001/2014/2016/2020/2022/2024/2901	Class Number 1434	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design, Sustainable Design Location Sullivan Center 706
Writing for Film, Video, and Performance	3025 (001)	James Trainor	Wed 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description An interdisciplinary studio that develops skills specific to the challenges of writing for time-based projects, especially works in film, video, installation, and performance. The primary focus is in-class writing, a range of textual experiments, and workshop /critique of students' writing in relation to their own works-in-progress. We pay attention to 'invisible' texts--the writing before the script, free-writing, conceptual issues--as well as overt ones. Special emphasis is placed on developing the ear in work on monologue, dialogue, and voice-over. The class reads and discusses selected scripts and writings by artists, screens films and videos, attends exhibitions and performances, and performs close analyses (another form of 'reading') of texts. Prerequisites FVNM 2004 or FVNM 3003 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1493	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Playwriting/Screenwriting Location MacLean 517
Studio Stuff: The Paradigm of Collecting	3025 (001)	Jerry Bleem	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will explore strategies for collecting things (not necessarily of any particular monetary value) to be used as conceptual impetus, subject matter, and/or physical materials in the studio. The class will include discussions of the nature of classification and organization; the nature of attraction based on memory, physicality, and visual language; the relationship of time and distance to collection; and how quantity and mass change our perspectives and attractions. The class will also examine how artists have employed the act of collecting as a significant aspect of their work. Field trips will be an integral part of this class; our goal is to experience a rich mix of collections that illustrate the possibilities of this way of thinking. Readings will be drawn from important exhibition catalogs [Deep Storage and The Keeper], writings about artists, hoarding, the evolution of museums, and our fluid sense of value. Students will be expected to respond to assigned readings, present research, participate in a collaborative project exercise, and produce a mid-term and final project that synthesizes the experience and the material.	Class Number 1467	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 1005
Handmade Cinema	3027 (001)	Tatsu Aoki	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Filmmakers often run into a problem of depending too much on equipment. This makes one believe that it is impossible to be creative without elaborate 'tools.' Artists of film can produce images in any circumstance-with or without complicated tools. If a filmmaker understands the process and mechanism of how images can be generated, equipment can be as minimal as one paper clip. This class is designed to introduce a variety of skills and ideas to make images with simple tools. Students are encouraged to make their own equipment to produce their own image effects. The course mainly focuses on reproduction of images without using large equipment. Some of the ideas introduced in this course are making images without camera and/or lenses; animation; pixilation; time exposure; time lapse; images using slides, stills, and newspapers; all phases of in-camera effects; rephotographing frames; printing in camera; optical printing; and contact printing. Prerequisites FVNM 2000 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1479	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Animation Location MacLean 1408
Fusions of Performance, Film and Video	3029 (001)	Daniele Wilmouth	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description How can physicality and spatial properties of performance be transformed through a flat rectangular projection of light? How can a film director's shot list be influenced by the acting techniques of Meisner? What can a cinematographer learn from the breath control and movement techniques of Japanese Butoh dance? When film/video and performance are approached as a hybrid form, exploring and exploiting the unique properties of each, fusions between these mediums can truly be successful. This course will give an introduction to established theories and methods in four areas: 1) Dance/Movement for the camera. 2) Experimental Theater/Performance Art combined with film/video. 3) Acting for the camera. 4) Directing performers for film/video. Readings and screenings typically include an introduction to Japanese Butoh Dance, featuring works by Tatsumi Hijikata, Kazuo Ohno, and Shuji Terayama. Cinedance works by DV8, Alla Kovgan, and Liz Aggiss. Various approaches to acting and directing with readings on Konstantin Stanislavski, Sanford Meisner, and John Cassavetes. Students will participate in weekly movement workshops, a group acting and directing video shoot with professional actors, a Cinedance project, and a final film/video/performance fusion of the student's design. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2005 or FVNMA 5020	Class Number 1505	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Location MacLean 1408
Figure Painting A: Multi-Level	3030 (001)	Dylan Rabe	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed for students who want to engage the human figure as subject while learning/reinforcing the fundamentals of painting. By observing the model in space, students will investigate form, color, composition and the properties of paint. Humans have been depicting humans with paint for tens of thousands of years. The human figure continues to be a vital subject in contemporary art. The work done in this class exists in this broad context. This is a multi-level class. Painting perceptually (from life) is challenging at all levels. Painting a human being from life further deepens and expands this challenge. The artwork referenced may range from prehistoric to contemporary. This course has many sections; the exact focus of each class will depend on the teacher, and so the work shown will vary from class to class. Work will likely be seen via lectures in class and/or visits to the museum. Other material, such as readings, will also vary. Expect to paint the figure from life in class. Other in-class activities will vary. Outside assignments will vary. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 2001 or PTDW 2004 or PTDW 1101, and PTDW 2030.	Class Number 1673	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 315
Time, Material, and the Everyday	3030 (001)	Stacia Laura Yeapanis	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Diverse aspects of material studies (personal, social, political, economic, visual and formal) will be considered in this course, working from forms and structures that are hand-constructed, as well as everyday found objects. The class will begin with a series of exercises exploring the visual possibilities of recording time and movement in repetitive everyday actions. Hand processes of netting, crochet and other intertwining techniques will be introduced through the language and systems of both textiles and the digital. Readings and visiting artists will present a range of ideas about art and the everyday, opening up dialogue about forms and formats of installation and documentation.	Class Number 2150	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 1014
Figure Painting A: Multi-Level	3030 (002)	Don Southard	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed for students who want to engage the human figure as subject while learning/reinforcing the fundamentals of painting. By observing the model in space, students will investigate form, color, composition and the properties of paint. Humans have been depicting humans with paint for tens of thousands of years. The human figure continues to be a vital subject in contemporary art. The work done in this class exists in this broad context. This is a multi-level class. Painting perceptually (from life) is challenging at all levels. Painting a human being from life further deepens and expands this challenge. The artwork referenced may range from prehistoric to contemporary. This course has many sections; the exact focus of each class will depend on the teacher, and so the work shown will vary from class to class. Work will likely be seen via lectures in class and/or visits to the museum. Other material, such as readings, will also vary. Expect to paint the figure from life in class. Other in-class activities will vary. Outside assignments will vary. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 2001 or PTDW 2004 or PTDW 1101, and PTDW 2030.	Class Number 1674	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 320
Figure Painting A: Multi-Level	3030 (003)	Karen Azarnia	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course is designed for students who want to engage the human figure as subject while learning/reinforcing the fundamentals of painting. By observing the model in space, students will investigate form, color, composition and the properties of paint. Humans have been depicting humans with paint for tens of thousands of years. The human figure continues to be a vital subject in contemporary art. The work done in this class exists in this broad context. This is a multi-level class. Painting perceptually (from life) is challenging at all levels. Painting a human being from life further deepens and expands this challenge. The artwork referenced may range from prehistoric to contemporary. This course has many sections; the exact focus of each class will depend on the teacher, and so the work shown will vary from class to class. Work will likely be seen via lectures in class and/or visits to the museum. Other material, such as readings, will also vary. Expect to paint the figure from life in class. Other in-class activities will vary. Outside assignments will vary. Prerequisites Prerequisite: PTDW 2001 or PTDW 2004 or PTDW 1101, and PTDW 2030.	Class Number 1731	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels Location 280 Building Rm 315
Reality TV	3031 (001)	Maire Witt O'Neill	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will explore the cultural significance, repercussions and influence that Reality TV has had on society, art and entertainment. Through theoretical, analytical and experimental approaches we will investigate Reality TV¿s as both inspiration and opposition. This course will focus on performance utilizing the trappings of Reality TV, performance for the camera, performance and cultural studies and citational video performance.	Class Number 1567	Credits 3	Department Performance Location MacLean 2M
Architecture: Undergraduate Studio 3	3031 (002)	Georgina Bowman	Tues/Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This two-day core design is structured around three clear goals: identifying the issue(s) at stake for the project, understanding its connection both to architecture and society; exploring architectural strategies and their relationship to the overall ambitions of the project; and developing graphic tools to convey the relevance and quality of the design exploration. Students conduct research, increase the sophistication of their approach to design and formal analysis, and use rigorous representation techniques. The 40,000-sf project has educational, health, leisure, and cultural programs at its core, operating at the scale of the neighborhood and the city. The project is modeled after the nonprofit private institution SESC that operates with forty-three buildings in twenty-one cities of the municipality of S?o Paulo. Reference buildings from that network are Lina Bo Bardi?s SESC Pompeia (1986) and SESC 24 de Maio, designed by Paulo Mendes da Rocha and MMBB Arquitetos. A series of case studies are used to illustrate outdoor and indoor programmatic and experiential approaches. This course builds on Arch/Inarc Studio 2 by introducing architecture projects of increasing complexity and scale, and requires presentations of increasing clarity and technical competence. The course will include pinups, discussions, critiques, and presentations. Assignments include case study analysis, site research, spatial exploration, program and user study, and interior space definition. This course requires students to have a laptop that meets SAIC's minimum hardware specs and runs the AIADO template. Prerequisites Prerequisiate: ARCH/INARC 2002.	Class Number 1035	Credits 6	Department Architecture, Interior Architecture, and Designed Objects Location Sullivan Center 1406B
Without Walls - Puppetry In the Outdoors	3031 (003)	Blair Thomas	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Combining both medieval and contemporary performance practices, this class probes the possibilities of object and figure theater performance in the outdoor setting. We will examine the Renaissance spectacles of Piero di Cosimo, the Eastern European Happenings, the public ceremonies of Welfare State International and the street protest of Bread & Puppet Theater. Exercises will explore the making of large-scale graphic image making, such as Cantastoria, Banners and Scrolls. Through group collaborations the class will learn giant puppet making techniques and construction. The class will culminate in an all class outdoor spectacle.	Class Number 2291	Credits 3	Department Performance Location 280 Building Rm 012
Stitch-by-Stitch: Feminism as Practice	3032 (001)	Aram Han Sifuentes	Wed 8:30 AM - 11:15 AM In Person
Description This interdisciplinary course considers the topic of craft practices and the therapeutic through the lens of feminist pedagogy, including theories of touch and interembodiment. Students will examine the critical role craft and the domestic arts have played in raising questions surrounding feminism, gender, and labor practices in everyday histories. The course examines local and international projects centering on memory, trauma and collaboration. The class will explore the ethics of community collaborations and how the practice of making can cultivate a sense of community, well-being, and social capital.	Class Number 1119	Credits 3	Department Art Therapy Area of Study Community & Social Engagement, Gender and Sexuality Location Sharp 402
Transformation and Spectacle: The Intersection of Fashion and Performance	3032 (001)	Annie Marie Novotny	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this class students explore the relationship and intersection between fashion and performance from runway to drag and everything in between. How can garment influence or punctuate the performer? Can a fashion presentation transcend editorial and tip over into performance? How is gender performed? When does fashion become spectacle? This course asks students to participate in media consumption, readings, and discussions while responding to the material presented, in the medium of their choice. Readings and media will vary but students will be exposed to footage, runway presentations, and documentaries on a variety of artists including Leigh Bowery, Divine, and Alexander McQueen, and Cindy Sherman to name a few as well as contemporary performance artists and designers that blur the lines between performance and fashion. Practicing artists and drag queens from around the community and the country will present and workshop with students asking them to challenge their ideas of performance and adornment. The projects assigned vary from year to year, but always allow for broad medium expression, playfulness, and responsive freedom to the materials being presented.	Class Number 2271	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Costume Design Location Sullivan Center 723
Capturing Time: The Intersection of the Cinematic and Photographic Image	3032 (001)	Monika Niwelinska	Thurs 6:45 PM - 9:30 PM All Online
Description Capturing Time explores the relationship between cinematic and photographic images through historical, theoretical, and artistic practices. Students will investigate the elusive concept of time and its presence across disciplines, forming the foundation for creating and experiencing time-based art. Weekly readings, screenings, and research will examine time, temporality, and the boundaries of still and moving images. Historical and contemporary resources will inform studio work, including visual exercises and a final project, culminating in a substantial body of work in each student¿s chosen medium. Prerequisites 3 Credits of 2000-level Photo course	Class Number 1594	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging Location Online
Visualization and Storyboarding	3033 (001)	Shelley Lynn Dodson	Mon/Wed 6:45 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description This class focuses on the study of film language, shot composition and idea development for time based media. Through the creation of storyboards, animatics, mood boards, character designs, and concept development students gain a thorough understanding of how to develop their ideas in the pre-preproduction process. Students who work in film, video, performance, and animation will learn narrative and experimental methods. Practical, conceptual and artistic topics will be addressed. A variety of short films and excerpts from live action films or animations will be shown in class, like work by Brad Bird or independent filmmakers like Emma De Swaef and Marc James Roels. Reading excerpts on composition, editing and storyboarding will be assigned. Coursework may vary but typically includes drawing character designs and storyboards, making animatics and some reading through weekly or bi-weeklt assignments. The final project involves concept development and a presentation, followed by a final animatic with sound. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000 or FVNM 2420 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1497	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Game Design, Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Narrative, Animation Location MacLean 314
Comics, Narrative, and the Materialization of the Image	3033 (001)	Molly Colleen O'Connell	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description A significant parallel exists between comics and fiber in that both stem from utilitarian imperatives: the basic communicative power of comics, and the functionality and tactility of textiles. This course explores the history, techniques, concepts, and dissemination of comics in relation to fiber and fine art. Ideas of abstraction, simplification, the icon, and universality, the relationship of image and text, and sequential imagery are explored. Discussing traditional gallery shows and publications in contrast with the implications of self-publishing, zines, graffiti, and public art is a very important part of this course. An enthusiastic approach to experimentation in form and materials is highly encouraged. The world of contemporary comics is surveyed, as well as many contemporary artists who make comic-based or inspired work. Some of the artists we will study include Lynda Barry, Scott McCloud, Faith Ringgold, Peter Blegvad, Megan Whitmarsh, Jessica Campbell, and many others. Studio instruction includes screen-printing, embroidery, heat press, collage and piecing, with a variety of materials including fabric and paper, as well as computer imaging. Students should expect to produce a body of work, both installation and publication, consisting of 3-5 finished pieces for critique during the semester, weekly reading responses, and independent research.	Class Number 1451	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Area of Study Comics and Graphic Novels Location Sharp 905
Comics to Print	3033 (001)	Conor Stechschulte	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This course will look at the inseparable link between comic stories and how they are reproduced. In the first half of the semester, we will gain familiarity with screenprint and risograph printing techniques, look at historical and contemporary examples of how artists employ print technology to tell stories and do in-class exercises. In the second half, students will produce their own printed comics and discuss them in group critiques.	Class Number 1610	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Comics and Graphic Novels, Books and Publishing Location 280 Building Rm 220
Visualization and Storyboarding	3033 (002)	Pablo Enrique Monterrubio-Benet	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class focuses on the study of film language, shot composition and idea development for time based media. Through the creation of storyboards, animatics, mood boards, character designs, and concept development students gain a thorough understanding of how to develop their ideas in the pre-preproduction process. Students who work in film, video, performance, and animation will learn narrative and experimental methods. Practical, conceptual and artistic topics will be addressed. A variety of short films and excerpts from live action films or animations will be shown in class, like work by Brad Bird or independent filmmakers like Emma De Swaef and Marc James Roels. Reading excerpts on composition, editing and storyboarding will be assigned. Coursework may vary but typically includes drawing character designs and storyboards, making animatics and some reading through weekly or bi-weeklt assignments. The final project involves concept development and a presentation, followed by a final animatic with sound. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2000 or FVNM 2420 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1504	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Game Design, Illustration, Comics and Graphic Novels, Narrative, Animation Location MacLean 1408
16MM Production	3034 (001)	Thomas Comerford	Tues 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description 16MM is an advanced production course, which builds on the skill sets of Media Practices: the Moving Image, Sonics & Optics, and Form & Meaning. All shooting is done on 16mm film utilizing classic film set-ups and strategies. The sync sound shoot will be a guiding topic of the course, but many other production strategies and technical topics will be introduced. By the end of the course, students will be proficient with advanced 16mm sync sound cameras, lighting for film, audio field and sync recording. The class is very hands-on, requiring both personal and in-class group projects. Towards the end of the semester, students work together as a crew on a group film shoot using the classic hierarchical Hollywood style divisions of labor. Students will get an overview of two finishing workflows ? completion on 16mm film and digital completion. This is an ideal class to round out cinematic skills, which may be also applied to a digital interface. The course includes technical, aesthetic and practical readings from the 'Filmmaker's Handbook' by Ascher & Pincus, 'Voice & Vision' by Mick Hurbis-Cherrier, 'Film Art' by Bordwell and Thompson, as well as 'Audio-Vision' by Michel Chion. Each student is expected to show a final 16mm film edited to a fine cut state by the end of the semester. Due to the expense of 16mm filmmaking, students have the option of producing and funding their own individual projects, or editing the class funded group project for the final critique. The course also includes a final technical exam towards the end of the semester. Prerequisites FVNM 2004 and FVNM 2005 or FVNM 5020	Class Number 1499	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Location MacLean 1304
The Creative Lives of Archives	3034 (001)	Deanna Ledezma	Thurs 12:15 PM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description Archives are more than boxes of historical documents studied by historians. As this course demonstrates, archives are also sites of creative practices, interventions, and collaborations. Focusing on archival practices in contemporary art, this course examines how artists make work with preexisting archives and produce new collections of their own. We will investigate how artists have activated archival collections, countered exclusions in archives, critiqued colonial archives, and developed archives with and for marginalized communities. The course will provide an overview of key terms and major themes in critical archival studies, such as memory, ephemera, critical fabulation. Readings will include texts by the following scholars, curators, and archivists: Sarah Callahan, Tina Campt, Michelle Caswell, Maria Eugenia Cotera, Ann Cvetkovich, Okwui Enwezor, Saidiya Hartman, Carolyn Steedman, and Diana Taylor. Along with these writings, we will learn about the art practices and archives of LGBTQ+ and BIPOC artists: William Camargo, Guadalupe Rosales, Wendy Red Star, Irene Antonia Diane Reece, Diana Solís, Stephanie Syjuco, and Fred Wilson. In addition to the Flaxman Library Special Collections, we will visit archives held in Chicago institutions, such as the Newberry Library, the Gerber/Hart Library and Archives, and the Harold Washington Library Center. During these class trips, we will meet with archivists and librarians. Coursework will include written reflections on assigned readings and field trips, a creative project based on an archival collection, and a final research paper and presentation on a self-selected topic. Prerequisites Prerequisite: Art History Survey Requirement OR Graduate Student	Class Number 2279	Credits 3	Department Art History, Theory, and Criticism Area of Study Class, Race, Ethnicity, Community & Social Engagement, Public Space, Site, Landscape Location MacLean 301
Social Fabric(s)	3034 (001)	Savneet K Talwar	Thurs 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description This class considers the 'social fabric' as a type of material that can be used by artists and activists to create connections and community. Through collaborative and individual explorations, we will examine the possibilities of fibers/textiles to foster and strengthen community, create social bonds, educate, raise awareness about social and political issues and advocate for change. We will explore banner making, piecework and quilting, using hand sewing techniques and a range of materials. The first half of the class will focus on banner, flag making, and quilting techniques, exploring their histories of collective making and their use in political organizing and activism. The second half of the term will focus on sewing, piecing, appliqué and will consider the digital realm to further objectives of connectivity and communication. We will realize or propose projects that are accessible and can engage the public. Throughout the class, we'll look at historical and contemporary examples of fiber and textiles used to protest, unite, educate, and agitate for change in the USA and beyond. We'll pay particular attention to the ways in which people and communities came together to create these works, and explore connections between art making, community building, and social change. Students are encouraged to articulate and explore their individual interests and draw on their experiences and lives outside the art world and SAIC.	Class Number 1463	Credits 3	Department Fiber and Material Studies Location Sharp 1014
Top: Musical Clay	3035 (001)	Liz McCarthy	Tues 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description Each semester this course addresses a specific aesthetic concern pertinent to contemporary ceramic art. Rotating through the faculty, each professor chooses a theme for his/her course. Topics may include Politics, Community, Audience; Gender; The Diminutive Object; The Raw and the Wet: Clay Material Meaning and Experimentation; Time and Place; etc. Please see topic description for specific term information.	Class Number 1183	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M153
Computer Imaging for Fashion Design	3035 (001)	Donald Yoshida	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this class students learn necessary computer tools to enhance their fashion designs. This class gives students an additional medium to push and refine their designs; additionally, it prepares students for industry work. Students learn on an Adobe platform, which offers in-depth tools for 2D design. Knowledge of the basic Adobe tools enables students to transition into other illustrating platforms they may encounter in the future. Projects include translating hand-drawn designs into computer drawings, creating full designs on the computer, scanning and masking prints, creating prints, creating lay-out, presentation, flat drawing, and more. Prerequisites Student must have completed any 2000 Level FASH course	Class Number 1405	Credits 3	Department Fashion Design Area of Study Digital Communication, Illustration, Digital Imaging Location MacLean 908
Top: Ceramic Surfaces & Skins	3035 (003)	Nancy Fleischman	Fri 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description The question of what happens if... is always asked. This class takes on this question and allows for those experimental answers to be developed into distinctive surfaces on ceramic. The unique possibilities of materials used traditionally and experimentally with clay to develop unique skins. Decoration, pattern, design, print and painting incorporating techniques including glaze, slip, decals, etching and many others will be demonstrated. The normal function of glaze is treated technically in this class however we also examine the conceptual ideas of glaze. Ideas of skin, cover, shell, membrane, crust, coating, rind, peel, film, coat, casing, tissue, layer and other ideas of these conceptual themes are explored in this class. We will look at many artists including historical and contemporary artists. Some artists include Jim Melchert¿s Changes Performance, Phobe Cummings, Roberto Lugo, Ken Price, Ron Nagle, Brian Rochefort, Ramesh Mario Nithiyendran, Tyler Lotz, Erin Furimsky, Takuro Kuwata, Peter Pincus, Sergei Isupov, Jun Kaneko, Betty Woodman, Merek Cecula, Linda Swanson, Grayson Perry, Paul Scott, HAAS Brothers, Caroine Slotte and Magdalene Odundo, Magdalena Suarez Frimkess to name some of the artists that are explored conceptually and technically within this course. Students are expected to give one presentation on an artist of choice dealing with surface and provide one reading on that artist a group discussion will follow each presentation. This course will allow students to create two self-directed projects along with this there is the production of weekly explorations on glaze and surface that are discussed as a group allowing for the exchange of knowledge.	Class Number 1192	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M153
Top: The Earth is Alive	3035 (004)		Thurs 3:30 PM - 9:15 PM In Person
Description In this studio and theory based class, we will explore the possibilities of low-fire ceramics and will consider how a ceramic studio is positioned within a local, regional, national, and global material culture. We will seek to understand and build relationships with common ceramics materials with the intention to gain an intuitive understanding how to best use them to create clay bodies and dynamic surfaces at a low-fire range. Students will work together to create and organize a communal database of materials and their properties, with the information gathered culminating into a research book published at the end of the course. We will consider firings in both oxidation and reduction, as well as alternative firing methods such as saggar and pit-firing.	Class Number 1195	Credits 3	Department Ceramics Location 280 Building Rm M153
3D Character Animation	3036 (001)	Nick Flaherty	Wed 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course, students will use 3D software to animate characters for narrative and non narrative films. Lectures and discussions will focus on both traditional and less-than-traditional 3D character pipeline with a strong emphasis on Character and Acting. Screenings will include a variety of films utilizing 3D character and puppet animation, especially those with exceptional use of personality and performance. Filmmakers screened include: Aaron and Amanda Kopp; Géraldine Gaston; Nikita Diakur. After a brief introduction to the fundamentals of the software (Maya), students will work on multiple short projects designed to develop skills as 3D character animators including those pushing strong animation mechanics and dialogue. These early animations will be critiqued rigorously. Projects will engage students as animators and actors, and will include a final project that focuses on creating engaging animation for a longer piece. Prerequisites Prerequisite: FVNM 2015	Class Number 1506	Credits 3	Department Film, Video, New Media, and Animation Area of Study Digital Imaging, Comics and Graphic Novels, Animation Location MacLean 819
Sensitivity & Exposure: Concepts and Techniques in Light Based Printing	3036 (001)	Frances Lightbound	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course, we'll delve into the intriguing intersection of photography and printmaking, acquiring light and pressure-based printing skills and conceptually integrating them into an art practice that approaches print as a site-responsive medium, sensitive to light, pressure, and context. The introductory section explores the material sensitivity of embossing and frottage, treating them as akin to documentary photography. The second section introduces light sensitivity through cyanotype and gelatin silver processes, engaging directly with objects and surfaces. The final segment employs digital fabrication to create laser-engraved linoleum blocks and printed photogravure plates, enabling relief and intaglio inking techniques and printing processes. The course will introduce pivotal artists associated with taught printing techniques and their historical context. We'll explore the works of artists such as Anna Atkins and Albrecht Durer, who played significant roles in the development of their respective techniques. We'll also examine figures like Alfred Stieglitz and Robert Overby, who influenced the trajectory of their media, and contemporary artists like William Kentridge and Do Ho Suh, who have reshaped our perception of print. Additionally, we'll read and screen 'Contact: Art and the Pull of Print' by Jennifer Roberts from Harvard, and invite her for an online discussion with our students. The coursework will adhere to a media and technique-based structure, with the creation of six bodies of work with separate critiques.	Class Number 1619	Credits 3	Department Printmedia Area of Study Digital Imaging, Art and Science Location 280 Building Rm 203
Sensitivity & Exposure: Concepts and Techniques in Light Based Printing	3036 (001)	Frances Lightbound	Mon 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM In Person
Description In this course, we'll delve into the intriguing intersection of photography and printmaking, acquiring light and pressure-based printing skills and conceptually integrating them into an art practice that approaches print as a site-responsive medium, sensitive to light, pressure, and context. The introductory section explores the material sensitivity of embossing and frottage, treating them as akin to documentary photography. The second section introduces light sensitivity through cyanotype and gelatin silver processes, engaging directly with objects and surfaces. The final segment employs digital fabrication to create laser-engraved linoleum blocks and printed photogravure plates, enabling relief and intaglio inking techniques and printing processes. The course will introduce pivotal artists associated with taught printing techniques and their historical context. We'll explore the works of artists such as Anna Atkins and Albrecht Durer, who played significant roles in the development of their respective techniques. We'll also examine figures like Alfred Stieglitz and Robert Overby, who influenced the trajectory of their media, and contemporary artists like William Kentridge and Do Ho Suh, who have reshaped our perception of print. Additionally, we'll read and screen 'Contact: Art and the Pull of Print' by Jennifer Roberts from Harvard, and invite her for an online discussion with our students. The coursework will adhere to a media and technique-based structure, with the creation of six bodies of work with separate critiques.	Class Number 1597	Credits 3	Department Photography Area of Study Digital Imaging, Art and Science Location 280 Building Rm 203
Expanded Line	3039 (001)	Jonas Müller-Ahlheim, Camille Casemier Johnson	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description The course looks at the role of the observer and the performer through drawing and performance. Both practices respond to each other by mapping movement and moving mappings. We will be exploring performance through drawing: drawing as a description, a medium, and a score for an embodied gesture. We will use drawing to imagine movement and to move concepts, in which drawing can act as tracing and foreseeing. Performances become descriptions and embodied drawings and vice versa. We will look at performance art, presence practice, being seen and remarking on what will remain unseen, scores, methods of performance documentation and notation, as well as drawing as mark making and thinking process. We will look at artists like Sol Lewitt, Lygia Pape, Monica Baer, among other artists at the intersection of drawing as a performance practice like Janine Antoni, David Hammons, Stanley Brown; Artists in conversations such as Paul Chan and Martha Rosler, Devin T. Mays and David Schutter, John Baldessari and Paul Thek, Matthew Goulish and Lin Hixson. We will work through texts like Walkaround Time: Dance and Drawing in the Twentieth Century by Cornelia H. Butler, Tentacular Thinking: Anthropocene, Capitalocene, Chthulucene by Donna Haraway, and 'White Elephant Art vs Termite Art' by Manny Farber. Working in and with public space as surface, students should expect to create traditional and non-traditional drawings and performances, blurring the line of traditional drawing material and embodied practice. Performance will be approachable, self determined, nothing more or less than walking if you so choose. Students will produce a final show at No Nation.	Class Number 2256	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Community & Social Engagement, Public Space, Site, Landscape Location 280 Building Rm 012
Expanded Line	3039 (001)	Jonas Müller-Ahlheim, Camille Casemier Johnson	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description The course looks at the role of the observer and the performer through drawing and performance. Both practices respond to each other by mapping movement and moving mappings. We will be exploring performance through drawing: drawing as a description, a medium, and a score for an embodied gesture. We will use drawing to imagine movement and to move concepts, in which drawing can act as tracing and foreseeing. Performances become descriptions and embodied drawings and vice versa. We will look at performance art, presence practice, being seen and remarking on what will remain unseen, scores, methods of performance documentation and notation, as well as drawing as mark making and thinking process. We will look at artists like Sol Lewitt, Lygia Pape, Monica Baer, among other artists at the intersection of drawing as a performance practice like Janine Antoni, David Hammons, Stanley Brown; Artists in conversations such as Paul Chan and Martha Rosler, Devin T. Mays and David Schutter, John Baldessari and Paul Thek, Matthew Goulish and Lin Hixson. We will work through texts like Walkaround Time: Dance and Drawing in the Twentieth Century by Cornelia H. Butler, Tentacular Thinking: Anthropocene, Capitalocene, Chthulucene by Donna Haraway, and 'White Elephant Art vs Termite Art' by Manny Farber. Working in and with public space as surface, students should expect to create traditional and non-traditional drawings and performances, blurring the line of traditional drawing material and embodied practice. Performance will be approachable, self determined, nothing more or less than walking if you so choose. Students will produce a final show at No Nation.	Class Number 2256	Credits 3	Department Painting and Drawing Area of Study Community & Social Engagement, Public Space, Site, Landscape Location 280 Building Rm 012
Expanded Line	3039 (001)	Jonas Müller-Ahlheim, Camille Casemier Johnson	Sat 10:00 AM - 4:00 PM In Person
Description This course looks at the role of the observer and the performer through drawing and performance. Both practices respond to each other by mapping movement and moving mappings. We explore performance through drawing as a description, a medium, and a score for an embodied gesture. We use drawing to imagine movement and to move concepts, in which lines can act as tracing and foreseeing. Performances become descriptions and embodied marks and vice versa. We will look at performance art, presence practice, being seen and remarking on what will remain unseen, scores, methods of performance documentation and notation, as well as drawing as an embodied mark making and thinking process. We will look at artists like Francis Alÿs, Lygia Pape, The Gutai Group, Valie Export, Remy Charlip, Amy Sillman, among many other artists at the intersection of drawing as a performance practice like Janine Antoni, David Hammons, Stanley Brown, Raven Chacon, Joan Jonas; Artists in conversations such as Paul Chan and Martha Rosler, John Divola and William Camargo, Matthew Goulish and Lin Hixson. We will work through texts like Keeping Score: Notation, Embodiment, and Liveness by Hendrik Folkerts, Walkaround Time: Dance and Drawing in the Twentieth Century by Cornelia H. Butler, The Aesthetics of the Performative by Erika Fischer Lichte, Death of the Author by Roland Barthes, and How to Disappear: Notes on Invisibility in a Time of Transparency by Akiko Busch. Working in and with public space as surface, students should expect to blur the lines between traditional and non-traditional drawings and performances. All formats will be approachable, self determined, nothing more or less than walking if you so choose.	Class Number 2260	Credits 3	Department Performance Area of Study Community & Social Engagement, Public Space, Site, Landscape Location 280 Building Rm 012

Course Search Degree Programs

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Area of Study

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Location

Description

Prerequisites

Class Number

Credits

Department

Area of Study

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Area of Study

Location

Description

Prerequisites

Class Number

Credits

Department

Area of Study

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Area of Study

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Location

Description

Class Number

Credits

Department

Area of Study

Location

Description